6

1. Candidates should attempt 5 questions in all.

2. All Questions carry equal marks.
3. Each candidate will be given one Answer Book.
4. Candidate must write their name and branch at the prescribed place on the cover page of the Answer
Book correctly.
5. The above instructions must be fully complied with failing which the Answer Book will not be evaluated
and zero marks will be awarded.
6. No credit will be given for answers written in a language other than the one opted by the candidate.
7. If you happen to find that the booklet issued to you does not have all the pages properly printed or it has
any other deficiency, then you need to approach the invigilator to get another booklet of same series.
8. Answers to all questions must be written in one language, i.e., either in English or in Hindi according to
the option given by the candidate in his/her Applications Form.
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
2 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

1. (a) Describe about the working and construction single plate clutch? [15 Marks]
(b) The flywheel of a steam engine has a radius of 1.5 m and mass 5000 kg. The starting toruqe of
the steam engine is 2000 N-m and may be assumed constant. Determine (i). The angles acceleration
of the flywheel and the (ii) the kinetic energy of the flywheel after 10 seconds from the start.
[15 Marks]
(c) Give classification of governers. [15 Marks]
(d) A 100 mm, long journal bearing supports 2500 N on a 50 mm diamter shaft. the bearing has radial
clearance of 0.05 mm and the viscosity of the ail is 0.025 kg/m-s at the operating temperature. If
the bearing is capable of dissipating 80 J/s determine the maximum shaft speed. [15 Marks]
2. (a) In an otto cycle air at 1.5°C and 1.05 bar is compressed adiabatically until the pressure is 13 bar,
heat is added at constant volume until the pressure rises to 35 bar. Calculate the air standard
efficiency, the compression ratio and the mean effective pressure for the cycle.
Take Cv = 0.718, R = 0.287 [20 Marks]
(b) Give comparison of four stroke and two stroke cycle engine. [20 Marks]
(c) A 4-cylinder four-stroke petrol engine develops 14.7 kW at 1000 r.p.m. The mean effective pressure
is 5.5 bar, Calculate the bore and stroke of the engine, if the length of stroke is 1.5 times the bore.
[20 Marks]
3. (a) A thin cylindrical shell of thickess 5 mm and diameter 350 mm is subjected to an internal pressure
1
which produces a strain of in the diameter, find this internal pressure and the consequent
2500

1
hoop and longitudinal stresses. Take E = 2 × 105 N/mm2 and = 0.3. [15 Marks]
m
(b) Find the change in volume of a cubical block of steel of side 280 mm when placed at a depth of
5 km in sea water. Sea water weighs 10008 N/m3. [15 Marks]
(c) An aluminium tube of outer diameter 40mm and inner diameter 30 mm is 460 mm long, when
the tube is subject to a torque of 650 N-m, the angle of twist is found to be 3.5o. Find the maximum
shear stress, the modulus of rigidity and the maximum shear strain. [15 Marks]
(d) A hollow alloy tube 5 metre long with external and internal diameters equal to 40 mm and 25mm
respectively was found to extend by 6.4mm under a tensile load of 60 KN. Find the buckling load
for the tube, when used as a column with both ends pinned. Also find the safe compressive load
for the tube, with a factor of safety 4. [15 Marks]
4. (a) In a nozzle air at 627oC and twice atmospheric pressure enters with negligible velocity and leaves
at a temperature of 27oC. Determine velocity of air at exit, assuming no heat loss and nozzle being
horizontal, take Cp = 1.005 kJ/kg.K for air. [20 Marks]
(b) Differences between reversible and irreversible process. [20 Marks]
(c) One mole of an ideal gas at 1.0 MPa and 300K is heated at constant pressure till the volume is
doubled and then it is allowed to expand at constant temperature till the volume is doubled again.
Calculate the work done by the gas. [20 Marks]
5. (a) Describe about Francis turbine with respect to its component parts, construction and operation.
[20 Marks]
(b) What do you understand by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps? Draw the figure. [20 marks]
(c) What do you mean by specific speed of a turbine? Explain. [5 Marks]

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
3 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
(d) What is the principle on which Manometer works? Also, explain its various types, with their use in
brief. [15 Marks]
6. (a) What are the various methods of inspection of casting for internal and external defects?
[15 Marks]
(b) (i)What are the reasons for carrying out case hardening treatment? [15 Marks]
(ii)Explain in brief, brazing and soldering.
(c) During an orthogonal machining operation of C = 40 steel, the following data were obtained.
Chip thickness = 0.45 mm.
Width of cut = 2.5 mm
Feed = 0.25 mm/rev
Tangential cutting force = 1130 N
Feed thrust force = 295 N
Cutting speed = 2.5 m/s
Rake angle = 10°
Calculate :
(A)Force of shear at the shear plane
(B)Co-efficient of friction at the chip-tool interface. [15 Marks]
(d) Discuss the characteristics of up milling and down milling. [15 Marks]



# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
1 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

SOLUTION KEY
1. (a) = 11250 kg–m2
Construction: A single plate friction clutch  Starting torque of the engine (T)m = 2000
consists of a clutch disc between flywheel and a We know that, T = I
pressure plate. As we know that both the plates  2000 = 11250 × a
(clutch plate and pressure plate) rotates with the   = 0.17 rad/s2
engine crank shaft or clutch driving shaft and (ii) Kinetic energy of the flywheel
clutch plate is faced with friction material on both angular speed of the flywheel after 10 seconds
of its surface. The clutch disc is mounted on the from the start, assuming uniform acceleration.
hub which is free to move axially along the splines Let 1 = Angular speed at rest = 0
of the driven shaft but not turnable towards the 2 = Angular speed after 10 seconds
transmission input shaft. The pressure plate is t = time
bolted to the flywheel through clutch springs and We know 2 = 1 + t
is free to slide on the clutch shaft when the clutch = 0 + 0.17 × 10
plate is operated. = 1.7 rad/s
When clutch is engaged the clutch is gripped  Kinetic energy of the flywheel
between the flywheel and the pressure plate. As
1 2
the friction linings are placed on both of the clutch = I  2 
2
plate surfaces. Due to the friction between
flywheel, clutch plate and pressure plate the clutch 1
plate revolves with the flywheel. As the clutch =  11250  1.7 2
2
plate revolves the clutch shaft also revolves which
= 16 256.25 N-m
is connected to the transmission, this way the
= 16.25 KN-m
engine power can easily transmitted to the
transmission system. 1. (c)
When driver press the clutch pedal the pressure Governers

plate moves back against the force of the springs

and the clutch plate becomes free between the Inertia
Centrifugal
flywheel and pressure rate. Governers Governers
Thus the flywheel remains rotating as long as the
engine is running and the clutch shaft speed
reduces slowly and finally it stops rotating. As Pendulum Loaded
room as the clutch pedal is pressed the clutch is type type
said to be disengaged otherwise it remains
engaged due to spring forces. Deadweight Spring controlled
1. (b) Governer Governer
Given k = 1.5 m
m = 5000 kg Porter Proell
T = 2000 N-m Governer Governer
= ?
(i) Angular acceleration of the flywheel, we know
that mass moment of inertia of the flywheel Hartnell Hartung Wilson Pickering
I = mk2 = 5000 × 1.52 governer governer Hartung governer
governer

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
1 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

SOLUTION KEY
1. (a) = 11250 kg–m2
Construction: A single plate friction clutch  Starting torque of the engine (T)m = 2000
consists of a clutch disc between flywheel and a We know that, T = I
pressure plate. As we know that both the plates  2000 = 11250 × a
(clutch plate and pressure plate) rotates with the   = 0.17 rad/s2
engine crank shaft or clutch driving shaft and (ii) Kinetic energy of the flywheel
clutch plate is faced with friction material on both angular speed of the flywheel after 10 seconds
of its surface. The clutch disc is mounted on the from the start, assuming uniform acceleration.
hub which is free to move axially along the splines Let 1 = Angular speed at rest = 0
of the driven shaft but not turnable towards the 2 = Angular speed after 10 seconds
transmission input shaft. The pressure plate is t = time
bolted to the flywheel through clutch springs and We know 2 = 1 + t
is free to slide on the clutch shaft when the clutch = 0 + 0.17 × 10
plate is operated. = 1.7 rad/s
When clutch is engaged the clutch is gripped  Kinetic energy of the flywheel
between the flywheel and the pressure plate. As
1 2
the friction linings are placed on both of the clutch = I  2 
2
plate surfaces. Due to the friction between
flywheel, clutch plate and pressure plate the clutch 1
plate revolves with the flywheel. As the clutch =  11250  1.7 2
2
plate revolves the clutch shaft also revolves which
= 16 256.25 N-m
is connected to the transmission, this way the
= 16.25 KN-m
engine power can easily transmitted to the
transmission system. 1. (c)
When driver press the clutch pedal the pressure Governers

plate moves back against the force of the springs

and the clutch plate becomes free between the Inertia
Centrifugal
flywheel and pressure rate. Governers Governers
Thus the flywheel remains rotating as long as the
engine is running and the clutch shaft speed
reduces slowly and finally it stops rotating. As Pendulum Loaded
room as the clutch pedal is pressed the clutch is type type
said to be disengaged otherwise it remains
engaged due to spring forces. Deadweight Spring controlled
1. (b) Governer Governer
Given k = 1.5 m
m = 5000 kg Porter Proell
T = 2000 N-m Governer Governer
= ?
(i) Angular acceleration of the flywheel, we know
that mass moment of inertia of the flywheel Hartnell Hartung Wilson Pickering
I = mk2 = 5000 × 1.52 governer governer Hartung governer
governer

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
1 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

SOLUTION KEY
1. (a) = 11250 kg–m2
Construction: A single plate friction clutch  Starting torque of the engine (T)m = 2000
consists of a clutch disc between flywheel and a We know that, T = I
pressure plate. As we know that both the plates  2000 = 11250 × a
(clutch plate and pressure plate) rotates with the   = 0.17 rad/s2
engine crank shaft or clutch driving shaft and (ii) Kinetic energy of the flywheel
clutch plate is faced with friction material on both angular speed of the flywheel after 10 seconds
of its surface. The clutch disc is mounted on the from the start, assuming uniform acceleration.
hub which is free to move axially along the splines Let 1 = Angular speed at rest = 0
of the driven shaft but not turnable towards the 2 = Angular speed after 10 seconds
transmission input shaft. The pressure plate is t = time
bolted to the flywheel through clutch springs and We know 2 = 1 + t
is free to slide on the clutch shaft when the clutch = 0 + 0.17 × 10
plate is operated. = 1.7 rad/s
When clutch is engaged the clutch is gripped  Kinetic energy of the flywheel
between the flywheel and the pressure plate. As
1 2
the friction linings are placed on both of the clutch = I  2 
2
plate surfaces. Due to the friction between
flywheel, clutch plate and pressure plate the clutch 1
plate revolves with the flywheel. As the clutch =  11250  1.7 2
2
plate revolves the clutch shaft also revolves which
= 16 256.25 N-m
is connected to the transmission, this way the
= 16.25 KN-m
engine power can easily transmitted to the
transmission system. 1. (c)
When driver press the clutch pedal the pressure Governers

plate moves back against the force of the springs

and the clutch plate becomes free between the Inertia
Centrifugal
flywheel and pressure rate. Governers Governers
Thus the flywheel remains rotating as long as the
engine is running and the clutch shaft speed
reduces slowly and finally it stops rotating. As Pendulum Loaded
room as the clutch pedal is pressed the clutch is type type
said to be disengaged otherwise it remains
engaged due to spring forces. Deadweight Spring controlled
1. (b) Governer Governer
Given k = 1.5 m
m = 5000 kg Porter Proell
T = 2000 N-m Governer Governer
= ?
(i) Angular acceleration of the flywheel, we know
that mass moment of inertia of the flywheel Hartnell Hartung Wilson Pickering
I = mk2 = 5000 × 1.52 governer governer Hartung governer
governer

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
1 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

SOLUTION KEY
1. (a) = 11250 kg–m2
Construction: A single plate friction clutch  Starting torque of the engine (T)m = 2000
consists of a clutch disc between flywheel and a We know that, T = I
pressure plate. As we know that both the plates  2000 = 11250 × a
(clutch plate and pressure plate) rotates with the   = 0.17 rad/s2
engine crank shaft or clutch driving shaft and (ii) Kinetic energy of the flywheel
clutch plate is faced with friction material on both angular speed of the flywheel after 10 seconds
of its surface. The clutch disc is mounted on the from the start, assuming uniform acceleration.
hub which is free to move axially along the splines Let 1 = Angular speed at rest = 0
of the driven shaft but not turnable towards the 2 = Angular speed after 10 seconds
transmission input shaft. The pressure plate is t = time
bolted to the flywheel through clutch springs and We know 2 = 1 + t
is free to slide on the clutch shaft when the clutch = 0 + 0.17 × 10
plate is operated. = 1.7 rad/s
When clutch is engaged the clutch is gripped  Kinetic energy of the flywheel
between the flywheel and the pressure plate. As
1 2
the friction linings are placed on both of the clutch = I  2 
2
plate surfaces. Due to the friction between
flywheel, clutch plate and pressure plate the clutch 1
plate revolves with the flywheel. As the clutch =  11250  1.7 2
2
plate revolves the clutch shaft also revolves which
= 16 256.25 N-m
is connected to the transmission, this way the
= 16.25 KN-m
engine power can easily transmitted to the
transmission system. 1. (c)
When driver press the clutch pedal the pressure Governers

plate moves back against the force of the springs

and the clutch plate becomes free between the Inertia
Centrifugal
flywheel and pressure rate. Governers Governers
Thus the flywheel remains rotating as long as the
engine is running and the clutch shaft speed
reduces slowly and finally it stops rotating. As Pendulum Loaded
room as the clutch pedal is pressed the clutch is type type
said to be disengaged otherwise it remains
engaged due to spring forces. Deadweight Spring controlled
1. (b) Governer Governer
Given k = 1.5 m
m = 5000 kg Porter Proell
T = 2000 N-m Governer Governer
= ?
(i) Angular acceleration of the flywheel, we know
that mass moment of inertia of the flywheel Hartnell Hartung Wilson Pickering
I = mk2 = 5000 × 1.52 governer governer Hartung governer
governer

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
1 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

SOLUTION KEY
1. (a) = 11250 kg–m2
Construction: A single plate friction clutch  Starting torque of the engine (T)m = 2000
consists of a clutch disc between flywheel and a We know that, T = I
pressure plate. As we know that both the plates  2000 = 11250 × a
(clutch plate and pressure plate) rotates with the   = 0.17 rad/s2
engine crank shaft or clutch driving shaft and (ii) Kinetic energy of the flywheel
clutch plate is faced with friction material on both angular speed of the flywheel after 10 seconds
of its surface. The clutch disc is mounted on the from the start, assuming uniform acceleration.
hub which is free to move axially along the splines Let 1 = Angular speed at rest = 0
of the driven shaft but not turnable towards the 2 = Angular speed after 10 seconds
transmission input shaft. The pressure plate is t = time
bolted to the flywheel through clutch springs and We know 2 = 1 + t
is free to slide on the clutch shaft when the clutch = 0 + 0.17 × 10
plate is operated. = 1.7 rad/s
When clutch is engaged the clutch is gripped  Kinetic energy of the flywheel
between the flywheel and the pressure plate. As
1 2
the friction linings are placed on both of the clutch = I  2 
2
plate surfaces. Due to the friction between
flywheel, clutch plate and pressure plate the clutch 1
plate revolves with the flywheel. As the clutch =  11250  1.7 2
2
plate revolves the clutch shaft also revolves which
= 16 256.25 N-m
is connected to the transmission, this way the
= 16.25 KN-m
engine power can easily transmitted to the
transmission system. 1. (c)
When driver press the clutch pedal the pressure Governers

plate moves back against the force of the springs

and the clutch plate becomes free between the Inertia
Centrifugal
flywheel and pressure rate. Governers Governers
Thus the flywheel remains rotating as long as the
engine is running and the clutch shaft speed
reduces slowly and finally it stops rotating. As Pendulum Loaded
room as the clutch pedal is pressed the clutch is type type
said to be disengaged otherwise it remains
engaged due to spring forces. Deadweight Spring controlled
1. (b) Governer Governer
Given k = 1.5 m
m = 5000 kg Porter Proell
T = 2000 N-m Governer Governer
= ?
(i) Angular acceleration of the flywheel, we know
that mass moment of inertia of the flywheel Hartnell Hartung Wilson Pickering
I = mk2 = 5000 × 1.52 governer governer Hartung governer
governer

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
1 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

SOLUTION KEY
1. (a) = 11250 kg–m2
Construction: A single plate friction clutch  Starting torque of the engine (T)m = 2000
consists of a clutch disc between flywheel and a We know that, T = I
pressure plate. As we know that both the plates  2000 = 11250 × a
(clutch plate and pressure plate) rotates with the   = 0.17 rad/s2
engine crank shaft or clutch driving shaft and (ii) Kinetic energy of the flywheel
clutch plate is faced with friction material on both angular speed of the flywheel after 10 seconds
of its surface. The clutch disc is mounted on the from the start, assuming uniform acceleration.
hub which is free to move axially along the splines Let 1 = Angular speed at rest = 0
of the driven shaft but not turnable towards the 2 = Angular speed after 10 seconds
transmission input shaft. The pressure plate is t = time
bolted to the flywheel through clutch springs and We know 2 = 1 + t
is free to slide on the clutch shaft when the clutch = 0 + 0.17 × 10
plate is operated. = 1.7 rad/s
When clutch is engaged the clutch is gripped  Kinetic energy of the flywheel
between the flywheel and the pressure plate. As
1 2
the friction linings are placed on both of the clutch = I  2 
2
plate surfaces. Due to the friction between
flywheel, clutch plate and pressure plate the clutch 1
plate revolves with the flywheel. As the clutch =  11250  1.7 2
2
plate revolves the clutch shaft also revolves which
= 16 256.25 N-m
is connected to the transmission, this way the
= 16.25 KN-m
engine power can easily transmitted to the
transmission system. 1. (c)
When driver press the clutch pedal the pressure Governers

plate moves back against the force of the springs

and the clutch plate becomes free between the Inertia
Centrifugal
flywheel and pressure rate. Governers Governers
Thus the flywheel remains rotating as long as the
engine is running and the clutch shaft speed
reduces slowly and finally it stops rotating. As Pendulum Loaded
room as the clutch pedal is pressed the clutch is type type
said to be disengaged otherwise it remains
engaged due to spring forces. Deadweight Spring controlled
1. (b) Governer Governer
Given k = 1.5 m
m = 5000 kg Porter Proell
T = 2000 N-m Governer Governer
= ?
(i) Angular acceleration of the flywheel, we know
that mass moment of inertia of the flywheel Hartnell Hartung Wilson Pickering
I = mk2 = 5000 × 1.52 governer governer Hartung governer
governer

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
1 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

SOLUTION KEY
1. (a) = 11250 kg–m2
Construction: A single plate friction clutch  Starting torque of the engine (T)m = 2000
consists of a clutch disc between flywheel and a We know that, T = I
pressure plate. As we know that both the plates  2000 = 11250 × a
(clutch plate and pressure plate) rotates with the   = 0.17 rad/s2
engine crank shaft or clutch driving shaft and (ii) Kinetic energy of the flywheel
clutch plate is faced with friction material on both angular speed of the flywheel after 10 seconds
of its surface. The clutch disc is mounted on the from the start, assuming uniform acceleration.
hub which is free to move axially along the splines Let 1 = Angular speed at rest = 0
of the driven shaft but not turnable towards the 2 = Angular speed after 10 seconds
transmission input shaft. The pressure plate is t = time
bolted to the flywheel through clutch springs and We know 2 = 1 + t
is free to slide on the clutch shaft when the clutch = 0 + 0.17 × 10
plate is operated. = 1.7 rad/s
When clutch is engaged the clutch is gripped  Kinetic energy of the flywheel
between the flywheel and the pressure plate. As
1 2
the friction linings are placed on both of the clutch = I  2 
2
plate surfaces. Due to the friction between
flywheel, clutch plate and pressure plate the clutch 1
plate revolves with the flywheel. As the clutch =  11250  1.7 2
2
plate revolves the clutch shaft also revolves which
= 16 256.25 N-m
is connected to the transmission, this way the
= 16.25 KN-m
engine power can easily transmitted to the
transmission system. 1. (c)
When driver press the clutch pedal the pressure Governers

plate moves back against the force of the springs

and the clutch plate becomes free between the Inertia
Centrifugal
flywheel and pressure rate. Governers Governers
Thus the flywheel remains rotating as long as the
engine is running and the clutch shaft speed
reduces slowly and finally it stops rotating. As Pendulum Loaded
room as the clutch pedal is pressed the clutch is type type
said to be disengaged otherwise it remains
engaged due to spring forces. Deadweight Spring controlled
1. (b) Governer Governer
Given k = 1.5 m
m = 5000 kg Porter Proell
T = 2000 N-m Governer Governer
= ?
(i) Angular acceleration of the flywheel, we know
that mass moment of inertia of the flywheel Hartnell Hartung Wilson Pickering
I = mk2 = 5000 × 1.52 governer governer Hartung governer
governer

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
1 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

SOLUTION KEY
1. (a) = 11250 kg–m2
Construction: A single plate friction clutch  Starting torque of the engine (T)m = 2000
consists of a clutch disc between flywheel and a We know that, T = I
pressure plate. As we know that both the plates  2000 = 11250 × a
(clutch plate and pressure plate) rotates with the   = 0.17 rad/s2
engine crank shaft or clutch driving shaft and (ii) Kinetic energy of the flywheel
clutch plate is faced with friction material on both angular speed of the flywheel after 10 seconds
of its surface. The clutch disc is mounted on the from the start, assuming uniform acceleration.
hub which is free to move axially along the splines Let 1 = Angular speed at rest = 0
of the driven shaft but not turnable towards the 2 = Angular speed after 10 seconds
transmission input shaft. The pressure plate is t = time
bolted to the flywheel through clutch springs and We know 2 = 1 + t
is free to slide on the clutch shaft when the clutch = 0 + 0.17 × 10
plate is operated. = 1.7 rad/s
When clutch is engaged the clutch is gripped  Kinetic energy of the flywheel
between the flywheel and the pressure plate. As
1 2
the friction linings are placed on both of the clutch = I  2 
2
plate surfaces. Due to the friction between
flywheel, clutch plate and pressure plate the clutch 1
plate revolves with the flywheel. As the clutch =  11250  1.7 2
2
plate revolves the clutch shaft also revolves which
= 16 256.25 N-m
is connected to the transmission, this way the
= 16.25 KN-m
engine power can easily transmitted to the
transmission system. 1. (c)
When driver press the clutch pedal the pressure Governers

plate moves back against the force of the springs

and the clutch plate becomes free between the Inertia
Centrifugal
flywheel and pressure rate. Governers Governers
Thus the flywheel remains rotating as long as the
engine is running and the clutch shaft speed
reduces slowly and finally it stops rotating. As Pendulum Loaded
room as the clutch pedal is pressed the clutch is type type
said to be disengaged otherwise it remains
engaged due to spring forces. Deadweight Spring controlled
1. (b) Governer Governer
Given k = 1.5 m
m = 5000 kg Porter Proell
T = 2000 N-m Governer Governer
= ?
(i) Angular acceleration of the flywheel, we know
that mass moment of inertia of the flywheel Hartnell Hartung Wilson Pickering
I = mk2 = 5000 × 1.52 governer governer Hartung governer
governer

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
1 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

SOLUTION KEY
1. (a) = 11250 kg–m2
Construction: A single plate friction clutch  Starting torque of the engine (T)m = 2000
consists of a clutch disc between flywheel and a We know that, T = I
pressure plate. As we know that both the plates  2000 = 11250 × a
(clutch plate and pressure plate) rotates with the   = 0.17 rad/s2
engine crank shaft or clutch driving shaft and (ii) Kinetic energy of the flywheel
clutch plate is faced with friction material on both angular speed of the flywheel after 10 seconds
of its surface. The clutch disc is mounted on the from the start, assuming uniform acceleration.
hub which is free to move axially along the splines Let 1 = Angular speed at rest = 0
of the driven shaft but not turnable towards the 2 = Angular speed after 10 seconds
transmission input shaft. The pressure plate is t = time
bolted to the flywheel through clutch springs and We know 2 = 1 + t
is free to slide on the clutch shaft when the clutch = 0 + 0.17 × 10
plate is operated. = 1.7 rad/s
When clutch is engaged the clutch is gripped  Kinetic energy of the flywheel
between the flywheel and the pressure plate. As
1 2
the friction linings are placed on both of the clutch = I  2 
2
plate surfaces. Due to the friction between
flywheel, clutch plate and pressure plate the clutch 1
plate revolves with the flywheel. As the clutch =  11250  1.7 2
2
plate revolves the clutch shaft also revolves which
= 16 256.25 N-m
is connected to the transmission, this way the
= 16.25 KN-m
engine power can easily transmitted to the
transmission system. 1. (c)
When driver press the clutch pedal the pressure Governers

plate moves back against the force of the springs

and the clutch plate becomes free between the Inertia
Centrifugal
flywheel and pressure rate. Governers Governers
Thus the flywheel remains rotating as long as the
engine is running and the clutch shaft speed
reduces slowly and finally it stops rotating. As Pendulum Loaded
room as the clutch pedal is pressed the clutch is type type
said to be disengaged otherwise it remains
engaged due to spring forces. Deadweight Spring controlled
1. (b) Governer Governer
Given k = 1.5 m
m = 5000 kg Porter Proell
T = 2000 N-m Governer Governer
= ?
(i) Angular acceleration of the flywheel, we know
that mass moment of inertia of the flywheel Hartnell Hartung Wilson Pickering
I = mk2 = 5000 × 1.52 governer governer Hartung governer
governer

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
1 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

SOLUTION KEY
1. (a) = 11250 kg–m2
Construction: A single plate friction clutch  Starting torque of the engine (T)m = 2000
consists of a clutch disc between flywheel and a We know that, T = I
pressure plate. As we know that both the plates  2000 = 11250 × a
(clutch plate and pressure plate) rotates with the   = 0.17 rad/s2
engine crank shaft or clutch driving shaft and (ii) Kinetic energy of the flywheel
clutch plate is faced with friction material on both angular speed of the flywheel after 10 seconds
of its surface. The clutch disc is mounted on the from the start, assuming uniform acceleration.
hub which is free to move axially along the splines Let 1 = Angular speed at rest = 0
of the driven shaft but not turnable towards the 2 = Angular speed after 10 seconds
transmission input shaft. The pressure plate is t = time
bolted to the flywheel through clutch springs and We know 2 = 1 + t
is free to slide on the clutch shaft when the clutch = 0 + 0.17 × 10
plate is operated. = 1.7 rad/s
When clutch is engaged the clutch is gripped  Kinetic energy of the flywheel
between the flywheel and the pressure plate. As
1 2
the friction linings are placed on both of the clutch = I  2 
2
plate surfaces. Due to the friction between
flywheel, clutch plate and pressure plate the clutch 1
plate revolves with the flywheel. As the clutch =  11250  1.7 2
2
plate revolves the clutch shaft also revolves which
= 16 256.25 N-m
is connected to the transmission, this way the
= 16.25 KN-m
engine power can easily transmitted to the
transmission system. 1. (c)
When driver press the clutch pedal the pressure Governers

plate moves back against the force of the springs

and the clutch plate becomes free between the Inertia
Centrifugal
flywheel and pressure rate. Governers Governers
Thus the flywheel remains rotating as long as the
engine is running and the clutch shaft speed
reduces slowly and finally it stops rotating. As Pendulum Loaded
room as the clutch pedal is pressed the clutch is type type
said to be disengaged otherwise it remains
engaged due to spring forces. Deadweight Spring controlled
1. (b) Governer Governer
Given k = 1.5 m
m = 5000 kg Porter Proell
T = 2000 N-m Governer Governer
= ?
(i) Angular acceleration of the flywheel, we know
that mass moment of inertia of the flywheel Hartnell Hartung Wilson Pickering
I = mk2 = 5000 × 1.52 governer governer Hartung governer
governer

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
1 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

SOLUTION KEY
1. (a) = 11250 kg–m2
Construction: A single plate friction clutch  Starting torque of the engine (T)m = 2000
consists of a clutch disc between flywheel and a We know that, T = I
pressure plate. As we know that both the plates  2000 = 11250 × a
(clutch plate and pressure plate) rotates with the   = 0.17 rad/s2
engine crank shaft or clutch driving shaft and (ii) Kinetic energy of the flywheel
clutch plate is faced with friction material on both angular speed of the flywheel after 10 seconds
of its surface. The clutch disc is mounted on the from the start, assuming uniform acceleration.
hub which is free to move axially along the splines Let 1 = Angular speed at rest = 0
of the driven shaft but not turnable towards the 2 = Angular speed after 10 seconds
transmission input shaft. The pressure plate is t = time
bolted to the flywheel through clutch springs and We know 2 = 1 + t
is free to slide on the clutch shaft when the clutch = 0 + 0.17 × 10
plate is operated. = 1.7 rad/s
When clutch is engaged the clutch is gripped  Kinetic energy of the flywheel
between the flywheel and the pressure plate. As
1 2
the friction linings are placed on both of the clutch = I  2 
2
plate surfaces. Due to the friction between
flywheel, clutch plate and pressure plate the clutch 1
plate revolves with the flywheel. As the clutch =  11250  1.7 2
2
plate revolves the clutch shaft also revolves which
= 16 256.25 N-m
is connected to the transmission, this way the
= 16.25 KN-m
engine power can easily transmitted to the
transmission system. 1. (c)
When driver press the clutch pedal the pressure Governers

plate moves back against the force of the springs

and the clutch plate becomes free between the Inertia
Centrifugal
flywheel and pressure rate. Governers Governers
Thus the flywheel remains rotating as long as the
engine is running and the clutch shaft speed
reduces slowly and finally it stops rotating. As Pendulum Loaded
room as the clutch pedal is pressed the clutch is type type
said to be disengaged otherwise it remains
engaged due to spring forces. Deadweight Spring controlled
1. (b) Governer Governer
Given k = 1.5 m
m = 5000 kg Porter Proell
T = 2000 N-m Governer Governer
= ?
(i) Angular acceleration of the flywheel, we know
that mass moment of inertia of the flywheel Hartnell Hartung Wilson Pickering
I = mk2 = 5000 × 1.52 governer governer Hartung governer
governer

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
2 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2 6
1. (d)  N + 240.9N – 1.48 × 10 = 0
Given
Length, l = 100 mm 240.9N  (240.9)2  4  1.48  106
 N =
Weight, W = 2500 N 2
Diameter, d = 50 mm
240.9  2445
Radial clearance,C/2 = 0.05  N=
C = 0.1 mm
2

Viscosity, Z = 0.025  N = 1102.05 R.P.M.
Heat dissipated Qd = 80 J/s 2. (a)
Let N is maximum safe speed in R.P.M. P 1V1 = P2V
1/ 
W  V1  P  1
We now that bearing pressure P =
l.d   =  2 ,  0.714
 V2   P1  
2500 Compression ratio (r)
=
100  50 0.714
= 0.5 N/mm2  13 
  =6
and friction coefficient  1.05 

33  ZN  d 1
  0.02 Efficiency ()= 1 
= 
108  P  c (r) 1
1
= 1  0.4  1  0.488 = 0.512
33  0.025  N  50  6
   =     0.002 = 51.2%
108  0.5  0.1 
P1V1 P2 V2
825N  T1 = T2
 =  0.002
108 P2 V2 13 1
 T2 =    288
And heat generated Qg =  WV P1V1 1.05 6
= 594 K
 dN 
= W   P3 V3 P2 V2
 60  Now
T3 = T2
 825N     0.05N 
=  8
 0.002   2500    P3  T2 35
 10   60  T3  =  594  1600K
P2 13
5396.3N 2 = Cv (T3 – T2)
=  0.013N
108 = 0.718 (1600 – 594)
Equating heat generated to the heat dissipated we = 722.3 kJ/kg
have  Work done =  × Q1 = 722.3 = 369.8 kJ
To final swept volume
5396.3N2
 0.013N  80 P 1V1 = mRT1
108 1  0.287  288
V1   0.787m 3 / kg
N2 0.013N 80 1.05  102
 8
 =  V1 – V2 = (5/6) × 0.787
10 5396.3 5396.3
= 0.656 m3 kg
N2 0.013N 80 W 369.8  103
 = mep = 
108
5396.3 5396.3 V1  V2 0.656  105
= 5.62 bar
 N2 + 240.9N = 1.48 × 106
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
2 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2 6
1. (d)  N + 240.9N – 1.48 × 10 = 0
Given
Length, l = 100 mm 240.9N  (240.9)2  4  1.48  106
 N =
Weight, W = 2500 N 2
Diameter, d = 50 mm
240.9  2445
Radial clearance,C/2 = 0.05  N=
C = 0.1 mm
2

Viscosity, Z = 0.025  N = 1102.05 R.P.M.
Heat dissipated Qd = 80 J/s 2. (a)
Let N is maximum safe speed in R.P.M. P 1V1 = P2V
1/ 
W  V1  P  1
We now that bearing pressure P =
l.d   =  2 ,  0.714
 V2   P1  
2500 Compression ratio (r)
=
100  50 0.714
= 0.5 N/mm2  13 
  =6
and friction coefficient  1.05 

33  ZN  d 1
  0.02 Efficiency ()= 1 
= 
108  P  c (r) 1
1
= 1  0.4  1  0.488 = 0.512
33  0.025  N  50  6
   =     0.002 = 51.2%
108  0.5  0.1 
P1V1 P2 V2
825N  T1 = T2
 =  0.002
108 P2 V2 13 1
 T2 =    288
And heat generated Qg =  WV P1V1 1.05 6
= 594 K
 dN 
= W   P3 V3 P2 V2
 60  Now
T3 = T2
 825N     0.05N 
=  8
 0.002   2500    P3  T2 35
 10   60  T3  =  594  1600K
P2 13
5396.3N 2 = Cv (T3 – T2)
=  0.013N
108 = 0.718 (1600 – 594)
Equating heat generated to the heat dissipated we = 722.3 kJ/kg
have  Work done =  × Q1 = 722.3 = 369.8 kJ
To final swept volume
5396.3N2
 0.013N  80 P 1V1 = mRT1
108 1  0.287  288
V1   0.787m 3 / kg
N2 0.013N 80 1.05  102
 8
 =  V1 – V2 = (5/6) × 0.787
10 5396.3 5396.3
= 0.656 m3 kg
N2 0.013N 80 W 369.8  103
 = mep = 
108
5396.3 5396.3 V1  V2 0.656  105
= 5.62 bar
 N2 + 240.9N = 1.48 × 106
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
2 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2 6
1. (d)  N + 240.9N – 1.48 × 10 = 0
Given
Length, l = 100 mm 240.9N  (240.9)2  4  1.48  106
 N =
Weight, W = 2500 N 2
Diameter, d = 50 mm
240.9  2445
Radial clearance,C/2 = 0.05  N=
C = 0.1 mm
2

Viscosity, Z = 0.025  N = 1102.05 R.P.M.
Heat dissipated Qd = 80 J/s 2. (a)
Let N is maximum safe speed in R.P.M. P 1V1 = P2V
1/ 
W  V1  P  1
We now that bearing pressure P =
l.d   =  2 ,  0.714
 V2   P1  
2500 Compression ratio (r)
=
100  50 0.714
= 0.5 N/mm2  13 
  =6
and friction coefficient  1.05 

33  ZN  d 1
  0.02 Efficiency ()= 1 
= 
108  P  c (r) 1
1
= 1  0.4  1  0.488 = 0.512
33  0.025  N  50  6
   =     0.002 = 51.2%
108  0.5  0.1 
P1V1 P2 V2
825N  T1 = T2
 =  0.002
108 P2 V2 13 1
 T2 =    288
And heat generated Qg =  WV P1V1 1.05 6
= 594 K
 dN 
= W   P3 V3 P2 V2
 60  Now
T3 = T2
 825N     0.05N 
=  8
 0.002   2500    P3  T2 35
 10   60  T3  =  594  1600K
P2 13
5396.3N 2 = Cv (T3 – T2)
=  0.013N
108 = 0.718 (1600 – 594)
Equating heat generated to the heat dissipated we = 722.3 kJ/kg
have  Work done =  × Q1 = 722.3 = 369.8 kJ
To final swept volume
5396.3N2
 0.013N  80 P 1V1 = mRT1
108 1  0.287  288
V1   0.787m 3 / kg
N2 0.013N 80 1.05  102
 8
 =  V1 – V2 = (5/6) × 0.787
10 5396.3 5396.3
= 0.656 m3 kg
N2 0.013N 80 W 369.8  103
 = mep = 
108
5396.3 5396.3 V1  V2 0.656  105
= 5.62 bar
 N2 + 240.9N = 1.48 × 106
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
2 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2 6
1. (d)  N + 240.9N – 1.48 × 10 = 0
Given
Length, l = 100 mm 240.9N  (240.9)2  4  1.48  106
 N =
Weight, W = 2500 N 2
Diameter, d = 50 mm
240.9  2445
Radial clearance,C/2 = 0.05  N=
C = 0.1 mm
2

Viscosity, Z = 0.025  N = 1102.05 R.P.M.
Heat dissipated Qd = 80 J/s 2. (a)
Let N is maximum safe speed in R.P.M. P 1V1 = P2V
1/ 
W  V1  P  1
We now that bearing pressure P =
l.d   =  2 ,  0.714
 V2   P1  
2500 Compression ratio (r)
=
100  50 0.714
= 0.5 N/mm2  13 
  =6
and friction coefficient  1.05 

33  ZN  d 1
  0.02 Efficiency ()= 1 
= 
108  P  c (r) 1
1
= 1  0.4  1  0.488 = 0.512
33  0.025  N  50  6
   =     0.002 = 51.2%
108  0.5  0.1 
P1V1 P2 V2
825N  T1 = T2
 =  0.002
108 P2 V2 13 1
 T2 =    288
And heat generated Qg =  WV P1V1 1.05 6
= 594 K
 dN 
= W   P3 V3 P2 V2
 60  Now
T3 = T2
 825N     0.05N 
=  8
 0.002   2500    P3  T2 35
 10   60  T3  =  594  1600K
P2 13
5396.3N 2 = Cv (T3 – T2)
=  0.013N
108 = 0.718 (1600 – 594)
Equating heat generated to the heat dissipated we = 722.3 kJ/kg
have  Work done =  × Q1 = 722.3 = 369.8 kJ
To final swept volume
5396.3N2
 0.013N  80 P 1V1 = mRT1
108 1  0.287  288
V1   0.787m 3 / kg
N2 0.013N 80 1.05  102
 8
 =  V1 – V2 = (5/6) × 0.787
10 5396.3 5396.3
= 0.656 m3 kg
N2 0.013N 80 W 369.8  103
 = mep = 
108
5396.3 5396.3 V1  V2 0.656  105
= 5.62 bar
 N2 + 240.9N = 1.48 × 106
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
2 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2 6
1. (d)  N + 240.9N – 1.48 × 10 = 0
Given
Length, l = 100 mm 240.9N  (240.9)2  4  1.48  106
 N =
Weight, W = 2500 N 2
Diameter, d = 50 mm
240.9  2445
Radial clearance,C/2 = 0.05  N=
C = 0.1 mm
2

Viscosity, Z = 0.025  N = 1102.05 R.P.M.
Heat dissipated Qd = 80 J/s 2. (a)
Let N is maximum safe speed in R.P.M. P 1V1 = P2V
1/ 
W  V1  P  1
We now that bearing pressure P =
l.d   =  2 ,  0.714
 V2   P1  
2500 Compression ratio (r)
=
100  50 0.714
= 0.5 N/mm2  13 
  =6
and friction coefficient  1.05 

33  ZN  d 1
  0.02 Efficiency ()= 1 
= 
108  P  c (r) 1
1
= 1  0.4  1  0.488 = 0.512
33  0.025  N  50  6
   =     0.002 = 51.2%
108  0.5  0.1 
P1V1 P2 V2
825N  T1 = T2
 =  0.002
108 P2 V2 13 1
 T2 =    288
And heat generated Qg =  WV P1V1 1.05 6
= 594 K
 dN 
= W   P3 V3 P2 V2
 60  Now
T3 = T2
 825N     0.05N 
=  8
 0.002   2500    P3  T2 35
 10   60  T3  =  594  1600K
P2 13
5396.3N 2 = Cv (T3 – T2)
=  0.013N
108 = 0.718 (1600 – 594)
Equating heat generated to the heat dissipated we = 722.3 kJ/kg
have  Work done =  × Q1 = 722.3 = 369.8 kJ
To final swept volume
5396.3N2
 0.013N  80 P 1V1 = mRT1
108 1  0.287  288
V1   0.787m 3 / kg
N2 0.013N 80 1.05  102
 8
 =  V1 – V2 = (5/6) × 0.787
10 5396.3 5396.3
= 0.656 m3 kg
N2 0.013N 80 W 369.8  103
 = mep = 
108
5396.3 5396.3 V1  V2 0.656  105
= 5.62 bar
 N2 + 240.9N = 1.48 × 106
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
2 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2 6
1. (d)  N + 240.9N – 1.48 × 10 = 0
Given
Length, l = 100 mm 240.9N  (240.9)2  4  1.48  106
 N =
Weight, W = 2500 N 2
Diameter, d = 50 mm
240.9  2445
Radial clearance,C/2 = 0.05  N=
C = 0.1 mm
2

Viscosity, Z = 0.025  N = 1102.05 R.P.M.
Heat dissipated Qd = 80 J/s 2. (a)
Let N is maximum safe speed in R.P.M. P 1V1 = P2V
1/ 
W  V1  P  1
We now that bearing pressure P =
l.d   =  2 ,  0.714
 V2   P1  
2500 Compression ratio (r)
=
100  50 0.714
= 0.5 N/mm2  13 
  =6
and friction coefficient  1.05 

33  ZN  d 1
  0.02 Efficiency ()= 1 
= 
108  P  c (r) 1
1
= 1  0.4  1  0.488 = 0.512
33  0.025  N  50  6
   =     0.002 = 51.2%
108  0.5  0.1 
P1V1 P2 V2
825N  T1 = T2
 =  0.002
108 P2 V2 13 1
 T2 =    288
And heat generated Qg =  WV P1V1 1.05 6
= 594 K
 dN 
= W   P3 V3 P2 V2
 60  Now
T3 = T2
 825N     0.05N 
=  8
 0.002   2500    P3  T2 35
 10   60  T3  =  594  1600K
P2 13
5396.3N 2 = Cv (T3 – T2)
=  0.013N
108 = 0.718 (1600 – 594)
Equating heat generated to the heat dissipated we = 722.3 kJ/kg
have  Work done =  × Q1 = 722.3 = 369.8 kJ
To final swept volume
5396.3N2
 0.013N  80 P 1V1 = mRT1
108 1  0.287  288
V1   0.787m 3 / kg
N2 0.013N 80 1.05  102
 8
 =  V1 – V2 = (5/6) × 0.787
10 5396.3 5396.3
= 0.656 m3 kg
N2 0.013N 80 W 369.8  103
 = mep = 
108
5396.3 5396.3 V1  V2 0.656  105
= 5.62 bar
 N2 + 240.9N = 1.48 × 106
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
2 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2 6
1. (d)  N + 240.9N – 1.48 × 10 = 0
Given
Length, l = 100 mm 240.9N  (240.9)2  4  1.48  106
 N =
Weight, W = 2500 N 2
Diameter, d = 50 mm
240.9  2445
Radial clearance,C/2 = 0.05  N=
C = 0.1 mm
2

Viscosity, Z = 0.025  N = 1102.05 R.P.M.
Heat dissipated Qd = 80 J/s 2. (a)
Let N is maximum safe speed in R.P.M. P 1V1 = P2V
1/ 
W  V1  P  1
We now that bearing pressure P =
l.d   =  2 ,  0.714
 V2   P1  
2500 Compression ratio (r)
=
100  50 0.714
= 0.5 N/mm2  13 
  =6
and friction coefficient  1.05 

33  ZN  d 1
  0.02 Efficiency ()= 1 
= 
108  P  c (r) 1
1
= 1  0.4  1  0.488 = 0.512
33  0.025  N  50  6
   =     0.002 = 51.2%
108  0.5  0.1 
P1V1 P2 V2
825N  T1 = T2
 =  0.002
108 P2 V2 13 1
 T2 =    288
And heat generated Qg =  WV P1V1 1.05 6
= 594 K
 dN 
= W   P3 V3 P2 V2
 60  Now
T3 = T2
 825N     0.05N 
=  8
 0.002   2500    P3  T2 35
 10   60  T3  =  594  1600K
P2 13
5396.3N 2 = Cv (T3 – T2)
=  0.013N
108 = 0.718 (1600 – 594)
Equating heat generated to the heat dissipated we = 722.3 kJ/kg
have  Work done =  × Q1 = 722.3 = 369.8 kJ
To final swept volume
5396.3N2
 0.013N  80 P 1V1 = mRT1
108 1  0.287  288
V1   0.787m 3 / kg
N2 0.013N 80 1.05  102
 8
 =  V1 – V2 = (5/6) × 0.787
10 5396.3 5396.3
= 0.656 m3 kg
N2 0.013N 80 W 369.8  103
 = mep = 
108
5396.3 5396.3 V1  V2 0.656  105
= 5.62 bar
 N2 + 240.9N = 1.48 × 106
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
2 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2 6
1. (d)  N + 240.9N – 1.48 × 10 = 0
Given
Length, l = 100 mm 240.9N  (240.9)2  4  1.48  106
 N =
Weight, W = 2500 N 2
Diameter, d = 50 mm
240.9  2445
Radial clearance,C/2 = 0.05  N=
C = 0.1 mm
2

Viscosity, Z = 0.025  N = 1102.05 R.P.M.
Heat dissipated Qd = 80 J/s 2. (a)
Let N is maximum safe speed in R.P.M. P 1V1 = P2V
1/ 
W  V1  P  1
We now that bearing pressure P =
l.d   =  2 ,  0.714
 V2   P1  
2500 Compression ratio (r)
=
100  50 0.714
= 0.5 N/mm2  13 
  =6
and friction coefficient  1.05 

33  ZN  d 1
  0.02 Efficiency ()= 1 
= 
108  P  c (r) 1
1
= 1  0.4  1  0.488 = 0.512
33  0.025  N  50  6
   =     0.002 = 51.2%
108  0.5  0.1 
P1V1 P2 V2
825N  T1 = T2
 =  0.002
108 P2 V2 13 1
 T2 =    288
And heat generated Qg =  WV P1V1 1.05 6
= 594 K
 dN 
= W   P3 V3 P2 V2
 60  Now
T3 = T2
 825N     0.05N 
=  8
 0.002   2500    P3  T2 35
 10   60  T3  =  594  1600K
P2 13
5396.3N 2 = Cv (T3 – T2)
=  0.013N
108 = 0.718 (1600 – 594)
Equating heat generated to the heat dissipated we = 722.3 kJ/kg
have  Work done =  × Q1 = 722.3 = 369.8 kJ
To final swept volume
5396.3N2
 0.013N  80 P 1V1 = mRT1
108 1  0.287  288
V1   0.787m 3 / kg
N2 0.013N 80 1.05  102
 8
 =  V1 – V2 = (5/6) × 0.787
10 5396.3 5396.3
= 0.656 m3 kg
N2 0.013N 80 W 369.8  103
 = mep = 
108
5396.3 5396.3 V1  V2 0.656  105
= 5.62 bar
 N2 + 240.9N = 1.48 × 106
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
2 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2 6
1. (d)  N + 240.9N – 1.48 × 10 = 0
Given
Length, l = 100 mm 240.9N  (240.9)2  4  1.48  106
 N =
Weight, W = 2500 N 2
Diameter, d = 50 mm
240.9  2445
Radial clearance,C/2 = 0.05  N=
C = 0.1 mm
2

Viscosity, Z = 0.025  N = 1102.05 R.P.M.
Heat dissipated Qd = 80 J/s 2. (a)
Let N is maximum safe speed in R.P.M. P 1V1 = P2V
1/ 
W  V1  P  1
We now that bearing pressure P =
l.d   =  2 ,  0.714
 V2   P1  
2500 Compression ratio (r)
=
100  50 0.714
= 0.5 N/mm2  13 
  =6
and friction coefficient  1.05 

33  ZN  d 1
  0.02 Efficiency ()= 1 
= 
108  P  c (r) 1
1
= 1  0.4  1  0.488 = 0.512
33  0.025  N  50  6
   =     0.002 = 51.2%
108  0.5  0.1 
P1V1 P2 V2
825N  T1 = T2
 =  0.002
108 P2 V2 13 1
 T2 =    288
And heat generated Qg =  WV P1V1 1.05 6
= 594 K
 dN 
= W   P3 V3 P2 V2
 60  Now
T3 = T2
 825N     0.05N 
=  8
 0.002   2500    P3  T2 35
 10   60  T3  =  594  1600K
P2 13
5396.3N 2 = Cv (T3 – T2)
=  0.013N
108 = 0.718 (1600 – 594)
Equating heat generated to the heat dissipated we = 722.3 kJ/kg
have  Work done =  × Q1 = 722.3 = 369.8 kJ
To final swept volume
5396.3N2
 0.013N  80 P 1V1 = mRT1
108 1  0.287  288
V1   0.787m 3 / kg
N2 0.013N 80 1.05  102
 8
 =  V1 – V2 = (5/6) × 0.787
10 5396.3 5396.3
= 0.656 m3 kg
N2 0.013N 80 W 369.8  103
 = mep = 
108
5396.3 5396.3 V1  V2 0.656  105
= 5.62 bar
 N2 + 240.9N = 1.48 × 106
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
2 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2 6
1. (d)  N + 240.9N – 1.48 × 10 = 0
Given
Length, l = 100 mm 240.9N  (240.9)2  4  1.48  106
 N =
Weight, W = 2500 N 2
Diameter, d = 50 mm
240.9  2445
Radial clearance,C/2 = 0.05  N=
C = 0.1 mm
2

Viscosity, Z = 0.025  N = 1102.05 R.P.M.
Heat dissipated Qd = 80 J/s 2. (a)
Let N is maximum safe speed in R.P.M. P 1V1 = P2V
1/ 
W  V1  P  1
We now that bearing pressure P =
l.d   =  2 ,  0.714
 V2   P1  
2500 Compression ratio (r)
=
100  50 0.714
= 0.5 N/mm2  13 
  =6
and friction coefficient  1.05 

33  ZN  d 1
  0.02 Efficiency ()= 1 
= 
108  P  c (r) 1
1
= 1  0.4  1  0.488 = 0.512
33  0.025  N  50  6
   =     0.002 = 51.2%
108  0.5  0.1 
P1V1 P2 V2
825N  T1 = T2
 =  0.002
108 P2 V2 13 1
 T2 =    288
And heat generated Qg =  WV P1V1 1.05 6
= 594 K
 dN 
= W   P3 V3 P2 V2
 60  Now
T3 = T2
 825N     0.05N 
=  8
 0.002   2500    P3  T2 35
 10   60  T3  =  594  1600K
P2 13
5396.3N 2 = Cv (T3 – T2)
=  0.013N
108 = 0.718 (1600 – 594)
Equating heat generated to the heat dissipated we = 722.3 kJ/kg
have  Work done =  × Q1 = 722.3 = 369.8 kJ
To final swept volume
5396.3N2
 0.013N  80 P 1V1 = mRT1
108 1  0.287  288
V1   0.787m 3 / kg
N2 0.013N 80 1.05  102
 8
 =  V1 – V2 = (5/6) × 0.787
10 5396.3 5396.3
= 0.656 m3 kg
N2 0.013N 80 W 369.8  103
 = mep = 
108
5396.3 5396.3 V1  V2 0.656  105
= 5.62 bar
 N2 + 240.9N = 1.48 × 106
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
2 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2 6
1. (d)  N + 240.9N – 1.48 × 10 = 0
Given
Length, l = 100 mm 240.9N  (240.9)2  4  1.48  106
 N =
Weight, W = 2500 N 2
Diameter, d = 50 mm
240.9  2445
Radial clearance,C/2 = 0.05  N=
C = 0.1 mm
2

Viscosity, Z = 0.025  N = 1102.05 R.P.M.
Heat dissipated Qd = 80 J/s 2. (a)
Let N is maximum safe speed in R.P.M. P 1V1 = P2V
1/ 
W  V1  P  1
We now that bearing pressure P =
l.d   =  2 ,  0.714
 V2   P1  
2500 Compression ratio (r)
=
100  50 0.714
= 0.5 N/mm2  13 
  =6
and friction coefficient  1.05 

33  ZN  d 1
  0.02 Efficiency ()= 1 
= 
108  P  c (r) 1
1
= 1  0.4  1  0.488 = 0.512
33  0.025  N  50  6
   =     0.002 = 51.2%
108  0.5  0.1 
P1V1 P2 V2
825N  T1 = T2
 =  0.002
108 P2 V2 13 1
 T2 =    288
And heat generated Qg =  WV P1V1 1.05 6
= 594 K
 dN 
= W   P3 V3 P2 V2
 60  Now
T3 = T2
 825N     0.05N 
=  8
 0.002   2500    P3  T2 35
 10   60  T3  =  594  1600K
P2 13
5396.3N 2 = Cv (T3 – T2)
=  0.013N
108 = 0.718 (1600 – 594)
Equating heat generated to the heat dissipated we = 722.3 kJ/kg
have  Work done =  × Q1 = 722.3 = 369.8 kJ
To final swept volume
5396.3N2
 0.013N  80 P 1V1 = mRT1
108 1  0.287  288
V1   0.787m 3 / kg
N2 0.013N 80 1.05  102
 8
 =  V1 – V2 = (5/6) × 0.787
10 5396.3 5396.3
= 0.656 m3 kg
N2 0.013N 80 W 369.8  103
 = mep = 
108
5396.3 5396.3 V1  V2 0.656  105
= 5.62 bar
 N2 + 240.9N = 1.48 × 106
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
3 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2. (b)
Four-stroke cycle Two-stroke cycle
1. The cycle is completed in four strokes of The cycle is completed in two-strokes of the piston
the piston or in two revolutions of the or in one revolution of the crankshaft. Thus, one
crankshaft. Thus, one power stroke is power stroke is obtained in each revolution of the
obtained in every two revolutions of the crank-shaft.
crankshaft.
2. Because of the above, turning movement is More uniform turning movement and hence lighter
not so uniform and hence heavier flywheel flywheel is needed.
is needed.
3. Again, because of one power stroke for two Because of one power stroke for one revolution,
revolutions, power produced for same size power produced for same size of engine is more
of engine is small, or for the same power (theoretically twice, actually about 1.3 times), or
the engine is heavy and bulky. for the same power the engine is light and compact.
4. Because of one power stroke in two Because of one power stroke in one revolution
revolutions lesser cooling and lubrication greater cooling and lubrication requirement.
requirements. Lesser rate of wear and tear. Greater rate of wear and tear.
5. The four-stroke engine contains valves and Two-stroke engines have no valves but only ports
valve mechanisms. (some two-stroke engines are fitted with
conventional exhaust valve).
6. Because of the heavy weight and Because of light weight and simplicity due to the
complication of valve mechanism, higher absence of valve mechanism, cheaper in initial
in initial cost. cost.
7. Volumetric efficiency more due to greater Volumetric efficiency less due to lesser time for
time of induction. induction.
8. Thermal efficiency higher, part load Thermal efficiency lower, part load efficiency
efficiency better than two-stroke cycle lesser than four-stroke cycle engine. In two-stroke
engine. petrol engines some fuel is exhausted during
scavenging.

2. (c) Number of cylinder, Ncyl = 4;

1/3
No. of strokes per cycle for the engine, S = 4;  
Power developed, I.P. = 14.7 kW;  I.P.  60 1 
  
Engine speed, N = 1000 r.p.m.; D=
100  pam 1.5     2N  ncyl 
Actual mean effective pressure, Pam = 5.5 bar;    
4  S 
Length of stroke, L = 1.5D
No. of missed cycle, Nmc = 0.
1/3
Formula: Indicated power developed, IP  
 2N   14.7  60 1 
100.pam .L.A.  
 S   (No. of cylinders) =  
= 100  5.5 1.5     2 1000  ncyl 
60    
4  4 
  2N  = 0.0879 or 87.9 mm and
100  pam  1.5D  D 2   
4  S  n length of stroke, L = 1.5 D
= cyl
60 = 1.5 × 87.9 = 131.8 mm.
3. (a)
1/3 Strain of the diameter = strain of the circumference
 
 I.P.  60 1 
 pd  1 1
or D =    2  =
100  p am  1.5     2N  n cyl  4tE  m 2500
 
 4  S  

WhereRam
# 100-102 D =Nagar,
Diameter of Pulia,
Bambala bore # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
3 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2. (b)
Four-stroke cycle Two-stroke cycle
1. The cycle is completed in four strokes of The cycle is completed in two-strokes of the piston
the piston or in two revolutions of the or in one revolution of the crankshaft. Thus, one
crankshaft. Thus, one power stroke is power stroke is obtained in each revolution of the
obtained in every two revolutions of the crank-shaft.
crankshaft.
2. Because of the above, turning movement is More uniform turning movement and hence lighter
not so uniform and hence heavier flywheel flywheel is needed.
is needed.
3. Again, because of one power stroke for two Because of one power stroke for one revolution,
revolutions, power produced for same size power produced for same size of engine is more
of engine is small, or for the same power (theoretically twice, actually about 1.3 times), or
the engine is heavy and bulky. for the same power the engine is light and compact.
4. Because of one power stroke in two Because of one power stroke in one revolution
revolutions lesser cooling and lubrication greater cooling and lubrication requirement.
requirements. Lesser rate of wear and tear. Greater rate of wear and tear.
5. The four-stroke engine contains valves and Two-stroke engines have no valves but only ports
valve mechanisms. (some two-stroke engines are fitted with
conventional exhaust valve).
6. Because of the heavy weight and Because of light weight and simplicity due to the
complication of valve mechanism, higher absence of valve mechanism, cheaper in initial
in initial cost. cost.
7. Volumetric efficiency more due to greater Volumetric efficiency less due to lesser time for
time of induction. induction.
8. Thermal efficiency higher, part load Thermal efficiency lower, part load efficiency
efficiency better than two-stroke cycle lesser than four-stroke cycle engine. In two-stroke
engine. petrol engines some fuel is exhausted during
scavenging.

2. (c) Number of cylinder, Ncyl = 4;

1/3
No. of strokes per cycle for the engine, S = 4;  
Power developed, I.P. = 14.7 kW;  I.P.  60 1 
  
Engine speed, N = 1000 r.p.m.; D=
100  pam 1.5     2N  ncyl 
Actual mean effective pressure, Pam = 5.5 bar;    
4  S 
Length of stroke, L = 1.5D
No. of missed cycle, Nmc = 0.
1/3
Formula: Indicated power developed, IP  
 2N   14.7  60 1 
100.pam .L.A.  
 S   (No. of cylinders) =  
= 100  5.5 1.5     2 1000  ncyl 
60    
4  4 
  2N  = 0.0879 or 87.9 mm and
100  pam  1.5D  D 2   
4  S  n length of stroke, L = 1.5 D
= cyl
60 = 1.5 × 87.9 = 131.8 mm.
3. (a)
1/3 Strain of the diameter = strain of the circumference
 
 I.P.  60 1 
 pd  1 1
or D =    2  =
100  p am  1.5     2N  n cyl  4tE  m 2500
 
 4  S  

WhereRam
# 100-102 D =Nagar,
Diameter of Pulia,
Bambala bore # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
3 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2. (b)
Four-stroke cycle Two-stroke cycle
1. The cycle is completed in four strokes of The cycle is completed in two-strokes of the piston
the piston or in two revolutions of the or in one revolution of the crankshaft. Thus, one
crankshaft. Thus, one power stroke is power stroke is obtained in each revolution of the
obtained in every two revolutions of the crank-shaft.
crankshaft.
2. Because of the above, turning movement is More uniform turning movement and hence lighter
not so uniform and hence heavier flywheel flywheel is needed.
is needed.
3. Again, because of one power stroke for two Because of one power stroke for one revolution,
revolutions, power produced for same size power produced for same size of engine is more
of engine is small, or for the same power (theoretically twice, actually about 1.3 times), or
the engine is heavy and bulky. for the same power the engine is light and compact.
4. Because of one power stroke in two Because of one power stroke in one revolution
revolutions lesser cooling and lubrication greater cooling and lubrication requirement.
requirements. Lesser rate of wear and tear. Greater rate of wear and tear.
5. The four-stroke engine contains valves and Two-stroke engines have no valves but only ports
valve mechanisms. (some two-stroke engines are fitted with
conventional exhaust valve).
6. Because of the heavy weight and Because of light weight and simplicity due to the
complication of valve mechanism, higher absence of valve mechanism, cheaper in initial
in initial cost. cost.
7. Volumetric efficiency more due to greater Volumetric efficiency less due to lesser time for
time of induction. induction.
8. Thermal efficiency higher, part load Thermal efficiency lower, part load efficiency
efficiency better than two-stroke cycle lesser than four-stroke cycle engine. In two-stroke
engine. petrol engines some fuel is exhausted during
scavenging.

2. (c) Number of cylinder, Ncyl = 4;

1/3
No. of strokes per cycle for the engine, S = 4;  
Power developed, I.P. = 14.7 kW;  I.P.  60 1 
  
Engine speed, N = 1000 r.p.m.; D=
100  pam 1.5     2N  ncyl 
Actual mean effective pressure, Pam = 5.5 bar;    
4  S 
Length of stroke, L = 1.5D
No. of missed cycle, Nmc = 0.
1/3
Formula: Indicated power developed, IP  
 2N   14.7  60 1 
100.pam .L.A.  
 S   (No. of cylinders) =  
= 100  5.5 1.5     2 1000  ncyl 
60    
4  4 
  2N  = 0.0879 or 87.9 mm and
100  pam  1.5D  D 2   
4  S  n length of stroke, L = 1.5 D
= cyl
60 = 1.5 × 87.9 = 131.8 mm.
3. (a)
1/3 Strain of the diameter = strain of the circumference
 
 I.P.  60 1 
 pd  1 1
or D =    2  =
100  p am  1.5     2N  n cyl  4tE  m 2500
 
 4  S  

WhereRam
# 100-102 D =Nagar,
Diameter of Pulia,
Bambala bore # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
3 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2. (b)
Four-stroke cycle Two-stroke cycle
1. The cycle is completed in four strokes of The cycle is completed in two-strokes of the piston
the piston or in two revolutions of the or in one revolution of the crankshaft. Thus, one
crankshaft. Thus, one power stroke is power stroke is obtained in each revolution of the
obtained in every two revolutions of the crank-shaft.
crankshaft.
2. Because of the above, turning movement is More uniform turning movement and hence lighter
not so uniform and hence heavier flywheel flywheel is needed.
is needed.
3. Again, because of one power stroke for two Because of one power stroke for one revolution,
revolutions, power produced for same size power produced for same size of engine is more
of engine is small, or for the same power (theoretically twice, actually about 1.3 times), or
the engine is heavy and bulky. for the same power the engine is light and compact.
4. Because of one power stroke in two Because of one power stroke in one revolution
revolutions lesser cooling and lubrication greater cooling and lubrication requirement.
requirements. Lesser rate of wear and tear. Greater rate of wear and tear.
5. The four-stroke engine contains valves and Two-stroke engines have no valves but only ports
valve mechanisms. (some two-stroke engines are fitted with
conventional exhaust valve).
6. Because of the heavy weight and Because of light weight and simplicity due to the
complication of valve mechanism, higher absence of valve mechanism, cheaper in initial
in initial cost. cost.
7. Volumetric efficiency more due to greater Volumetric efficiency less due to lesser time for
time of induction. induction.
8. Thermal efficiency higher, part load Thermal efficiency lower, part load efficiency
efficiency better than two-stroke cycle lesser than four-stroke cycle engine. In two-stroke
engine. petrol engines some fuel is exhausted during
scavenging.

2. (c) Number of cylinder, Ncyl = 4;

1/3
No. of strokes per cycle for the engine, S = 4;  
Power developed, I.P. = 14.7 kW;  I.P.  60 1 
  
Engine speed, N = 1000 r.p.m.; D=
100  pam 1.5     2N  ncyl 
Actual mean effective pressure, Pam = 5.5 bar;    
4  S 
Length of stroke, L = 1.5D
No. of missed cycle, Nmc = 0.
1/3
Formula: Indicated power developed, IP  
 2N   14.7  60 1 
100.pam .L.A.  
 S   (No. of cylinders) =  
= 100  5.5 1.5     2 1000  ncyl 
60    
4  4 
  2N  = 0.0879 or 87.9 mm and
100  pam  1.5D  D 2   
4  S  n length of stroke, L = 1.5 D
= cyl
60 = 1.5 × 87.9 = 131.8 mm.
3. (a)
1/3 Strain of the diameter = strain of the circumference
 
 I.P.  60 1 
 pd  1 1
or D =    2  =
100  p am  1.5     2N  n cyl  4tE  m 2500
 
 4  S  

WhereRam
# 100-102 D =Nagar,
Diameter of Pulia,
Bambala bore # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
3 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2. (b)
Four-stroke cycle Two-stroke cycle
1. The cycle is completed in four strokes of The cycle is completed in two-strokes of the piston
the piston or in two revolutions of the or in one revolution of the crankshaft. Thus, one
crankshaft. Thus, one power stroke is power stroke is obtained in each revolution of the
obtained in every two revolutions of the crank-shaft.
crankshaft.
2. Because of the above, turning movement is More uniform turning movement and hence lighter
not so uniform and hence heavier flywheel flywheel is needed.
is needed.
3. Again, because of one power stroke for two Because of one power stroke for one revolution,
revolutions, power produced for same size power produced for same size of engine is more
of engine is small, or for the same power (theoretically twice, actually about 1.3 times), or
the engine is heavy and bulky. for the same power the engine is light and compact.
4. Because of one power stroke in two Because of one power stroke in one revolution
revolutions lesser cooling and lubrication greater cooling and lubrication requirement.
requirements. Lesser rate of wear and tear. Greater rate of wear and tear.
5. The four-stroke engine contains valves and Two-stroke engines have no valves but only ports
valve mechanisms. (some two-stroke engines are fitted with
conventional exhaust valve).
6. Because of the heavy weight and Because of light weight and simplicity due to the
complication of valve mechanism, higher absence of valve mechanism, cheaper in initial
in initial cost. cost.
7. Volumetric efficiency more due to greater Volumetric efficiency less due to lesser time for
time of induction. induction.
8. Thermal efficiency higher, part load Thermal efficiency lower, part load efficiency
efficiency better than two-stroke cycle lesser than four-stroke cycle engine. In two-stroke
engine. petrol engines some fuel is exhausted during
scavenging.

2. (c) Number of cylinder, Ncyl = 4;

1/3
No. of strokes per cycle for the engine, S = 4;  
Power developed, I.P. = 14.7 kW;  I.P.  60 1 
  
Engine speed, N = 1000 r.p.m.; D=
100  pam 1.5     2N  ncyl 
Actual mean effective pressure, Pam = 5.5 bar;    
4  S 
Length of stroke, L = 1.5D
No. of missed cycle, Nmc = 0.
1/3
Formula: Indicated power developed, IP  
 2N   14.7  60 1 
100.pam .L.A.  
 S   (No. of cylinders) =  
= 100  5.5 1.5     2 1000  ncyl 
60    
4  4 
  2N  = 0.0879 or 87.9 mm and
100  pam  1.5D  D 2   
4  S  n length of stroke, L = 1.5 D
= cyl
60 = 1.5 × 87.9 = 131.8 mm.
3. (a)
1/3 Strain of the diameter = strain of the circumference
 
 I.P.  60 1 
 pd  1 1
or D =    2  =
100  p am  1.5     2N  n cyl  4tE  m 2500
 
 4  S  

WhereRam
# 100-102 D =Nagar,
Diameter of Pulia,
Bambala bore # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
3 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2. (b)
Four-stroke cycle Two-stroke cycle
1. The cycle is completed in four strokes of The cycle is completed in two-strokes of the piston
the piston or in two revolutions of the or in one revolution of the crankshaft. Thus, one
crankshaft. Thus, one power stroke is power stroke is obtained in each revolution of the
obtained in every two revolutions of the crank-shaft.
crankshaft.
2. Because of the above, turning movement is More uniform turning movement and hence lighter
not so uniform and hence heavier flywheel flywheel is needed.
is needed.
3. Again, because of one power stroke for two Because of one power stroke for one revolution,
revolutions, power produced for same size power produced for same size of engine is more
of engine is small, or for the same power (theoretically twice, actually about 1.3 times), or
the engine is heavy and bulky. for the same power the engine is light and compact.
4. Because of one power stroke in two Because of one power stroke in one revolution
revolutions lesser cooling and lubrication greater cooling and lubrication requirement.
requirements. Lesser rate of wear and tear. Greater rate of wear and tear.
5. The four-stroke engine contains valves and Two-stroke engines have no valves but only ports
valve mechanisms. (some two-stroke engines are fitted with
conventional exhaust valve).
6. Because of the heavy weight and Because of light weight and simplicity due to the
complication of valve mechanism, higher absence of valve mechanism, cheaper in initial
in initial cost. cost.
7. Volumetric efficiency more due to greater Volumetric efficiency less due to lesser time for
time of induction. induction.
8. Thermal efficiency higher, part load Thermal efficiency lower, part load efficiency
efficiency better than two-stroke cycle lesser than four-stroke cycle engine. In two-stroke
engine. petrol engines some fuel is exhausted during
scavenging.

2. (c) Number of cylinder, Ncyl = 4;

1/3
No. of strokes per cycle for the engine, S = 4;  
Power developed, I.P. = 14.7 kW;  I.P.  60 1 
  
Engine speed, N = 1000 r.p.m.; D=
100  pam 1.5     2N  ncyl 
Actual mean effective pressure, Pam = 5.5 bar;    
4  S 
Length of stroke, L = 1.5D
No. of missed cycle, Nmc = 0.
1/3
Formula: Indicated power developed, IP  
 2N   14.7  60 1 
100.pam .L.A.  
 S   (No. of cylinders) =  
= 100  5.5 1.5     2 1000  ncyl 
60    
4  4 
  2N  = 0.0879 or 87.9 mm and
100  pam  1.5D  D 2   
4  S  n length of stroke, L = 1.5 D
= cyl
60 = 1.5 × 87.9 = 131.8 mm.
3. (a)
1/3 Strain of the diameter = strain of the circumference
 
 I.P.  60 1 
 pd  1 1
or D =    2  =
100  p am  1.5     2N  n cyl  4tE  m 2500
 
 4  S  

WhereRam
# 100-102 D =Nagar,
Diameter of Pulia,
Bambala bore # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
3 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2. (b)
Four-stroke cycle Two-stroke cycle
1. The cycle is completed in four strokes of The cycle is completed in two-strokes of the piston
the piston or in two revolutions of the or in one revolution of the crankshaft. Thus, one
crankshaft. Thus, one power stroke is power stroke is obtained in each revolution of the
obtained in every two revolutions of the crank-shaft.
crankshaft.
2. Because of the above, turning movement is More uniform turning movement and hence lighter
not so uniform and hence heavier flywheel flywheel is needed.
is needed.
3. Again, because of one power stroke for two Because of one power stroke for one revolution,
revolutions, power produced for same size power produced for same size of engine is more
of engine is small, or for the same power (theoretically twice, actually about 1.3 times), or
the engine is heavy and bulky. for the same power the engine is light and compact.
4. Because of one power stroke in two Because of one power stroke in one revolution
revolutions lesser cooling and lubrication greater cooling and lubrication requirement.
requirements. Lesser rate of wear and tear. Greater rate of wear and tear.
5. The four-stroke engine contains valves and Two-stroke engines have no valves but only ports
valve mechanisms. (some two-stroke engines are fitted with
conventional exhaust valve).
6. Because of the heavy weight and Because of light weight and simplicity due to the
complication of valve mechanism, higher absence of valve mechanism, cheaper in initial
in initial cost. cost.
7. Volumetric efficiency more due to greater Volumetric efficiency less due to lesser time for
time of induction. induction.
8. Thermal efficiency higher, part load Thermal efficiency lower, part load efficiency
efficiency better than two-stroke cycle lesser than four-stroke cycle engine. In two-stroke
engine. petrol engines some fuel is exhausted during
scavenging.

2. (c) Number of cylinder, Ncyl = 4;

1/3
No. of strokes per cycle for the engine, S = 4;  
Power developed, I.P. = 14.7 kW;  I.P.  60 1 
  
Engine speed, N = 1000 r.p.m.; D=
100  pam 1.5     2N  ncyl 
Actual mean effective pressure, Pam = 5.5 bar;    
4  S 
Length of stroke, L = 1.5D
No. of missed cycle, Nmc = 0.
1/3
Formula: Indicated power developed, IP  
 2N   14.7  60 1 
100.pam .L.A.  
 S   (No. of cylinders) =  
= 100  5.5 1.5     2 1000  ncyl 
60    
4  4 
  2N  = 0.0879 or 87.9 mm and
100  pam  1.5D  D 2   
4  S  n length of stroke, L = 1.5 D
= cyl
60 = 1.5 × 87.9 = 131.8 mm.
3. (a)
1/3 Strain of the diameter = strain of the circumference
 
 I.P.  60 1 
 pd  1 1
or D =    2  =
100  p am  1.5     2N  n cyl  4tE  m 2500
 
 4  S  

WhereRam
# 100-102 D =Nagar,
Diameter of Pulia,
Bambala bore # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
3 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2. (b)
Four-stroke cycle Two-stroke cycle
1. The cycle is completed in four strokes of The cycle is completed in two-strokes of the piston
the piston or in two revolutions of the or in one revolution of the crankshaft. Thus, one
crankshaft. Thus, one power stroke is power stroke is obtained in each revolution of the
obtained in every two revolutions of the crank-shaft.
crankshaft.
2. Because of the above, turning movement is More uniform turning movement and hence lighter
not so uniform and hence heavier flywheel flywheel is needed.
is needed.
3. Again, because of one power stroke for two Because of one power stroke for one revolution,
revolutions, power produced for same size power produced for same size of engine is more
of engine is small, or for the same power (theoretically twice, actually about 1.3 times), or
the engine is heavy and bulky. for the same power the engine is light and compact.
4. Because of one power stroke in two Because of one power stroke in one revolution
revolutions lesser cooling and lubrication greater cooling and lubrication requirement.
requirements. Lesser rate of wear and tear. Greater rate of wear and tear.
5. The four-stroke engine contains valves and Two-stroke engines have no valves but only ports
valve mechanisms. (some two-stroke engines are fitted with
conventional exhaust valve).
6. Because of the heavy weight and Because of light weight and simplicity due to the
complication of valve mechanism, higher absence of valve mechanism, cheaper in initial
in initial cost. cost.
7. Volumetric efficiency more due to greater Volumetric efficiency less due to lesser time for
time of induction. induction.
8. Thermal efficiency higher, part load Thermal efficiency lower, part load efficiency
efficiency better than two-stroke cycle lesser than four-stroke cycle engine. In two-stroke
engine. petrol engines some fuel is exhausted during
scavenging.

2. (c) Number of cylinder, Ncyl = 4;

1/3
No. of strokes per cycle for the engine, S = 4;  
Power developed, I.P. = 14.7 kW;  I.P.  60 1 
  
Engine speed, N = 1000 r.p.m.; D=
100  pam 1.5     2N  ncyl 
Actual mean effective pressure, Pam = 5.5 bar;    
4  S 
Length of stroke, L = 1.5D
No. of missed cycle, Nmc = 0.
1/3
Formula: Indicated power developed, IP  
 2N   14.7  60 1 
100.pam .L.A.  
 S   (No. of cylinders) =  
= 100  5.5 1.5     2 1000  ncyl 
60    
4  4 
  2N  = 0.0879 or 87.9 mm and
100  pam  1.5D  D 2   
4  S  n length of stroke, L = 1.5 D
= cyl
60 = 1.5 × 87.9 = 131.8 mm.
3. (a)
1/3 Strain of the diameter = strain of the circumference
 
 I.P.  60 1 
 pd  1 1
or D =    2  =
100  p am  1.5     2N  n cyl  4tE  m 2500
 
 4  S  

WhereRam
# 100-102 D =Nagar,
Diameter of Pulia,
Bambala bore # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
3 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2. (b)
Four-stroke cycle Two-stroke cycle
1. The cycle is completed in four strokes of The cycle is completed in two-strokes of the piston
the piston or in two revolutions of the or in one revolution of the crankshaft. Thus, one
crankshaft. Thus, one power stroke is power stroke is obtained in each revolution of the
obtained in every two revolutions of the crank-shaft.
crankshaft.
2. Because of the above, turning movement is More uniform turning movement and hence lighter
not so uniform and hence heavier flywheel flywheel is needed.
is needed.
3. Again, because of one power stroke for two Because of one power stroke for one revolution,
revolutions, power produced for same size power produced for same size of engine is more
of engine is small, or for the same power (theoretically twice, actually about 1.3 times), or
the engine is heavy and bulky. for the same power the engine is light and compact.
4. Because of one power stroke in two Because of one power stroke in one revolution
revolutions lesser cooling and lubrication greater cooling and lubrication requirement.
requirements. Lesser rate of wear and tear. Greater rate of wear and tear.
5. The four-stroke engine contains valves and Two-stroke engines have no valves but only ports
valve mechanisms. (some two-stroke engines are fitted with
conventional exhaust valve).
6. Because of the heavy weight and Because of light weight and simplicity due to the
complication of valve mechanism, higher absence of valve mechanism, cheaper in initial
in initial cost. cost.
7. Volumetric efficiency more due to greater Volumetric efficiency less due to lesser time for
time of induction. induction.
8. Thermal efficiency higher, part load Thermal efficiency lower, part load efficiency
efficiency better than two-stroke cycle lesser than four-stroke cycle engine. In two-stroke
engine. petrol engines some fuel is exhausted during
scavenging.

2. (c) Number of cylinder, Ncyl = 4;

1/3
No. of strokes per cycle for the engine, S = 4;  
Power developed, I.P. = 14.7 kW;  I.P.  60 1 
  
Engine speed, N = 1000 r.p.m.; D=
100  pam 1.5     2N  ncyl 
Actual mean effective pressure, Pam = 5.5 bar;    
4  S 
Length of stroke, L = 1.5D
No. of missed cycle, Nmc = 0.
1/3
Formula: Indicated power developed, IP  
 2N   14.7  60 1 
100.pam .L.A.  
 S   (No. of cylinders) =  
= 100  5.5 1.5     2 1000  ncyl 
60    
4  4 
  2N  = 0.0879 or 87.9 mm and
100  pam  1.5D  D 2   
4  S  n length of stroke, L = 1.5 D
= cyl
60 = 1.5 × 87.9 = 131.8 mm.
3. (a)
1/3 Strain of the diameter = strain of the circumference
 
 I.P.  60 1 
 pd  1 1
or D =    2  =
100  p am  1.5     2N  n cyl  4tE  m 2500
 
 4  S  

WhereRam
# 100-102 D =Nagar,
Diameter of Pulia,
Bambala bore # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
3 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2. (b)
Four-stroke cycle Two-stroke cycle
1. The cycle is completed in four strokes of The cycle is completed in two-strokes of the piston
the piston or in two revolutions of the or in one revolution of the crankshaft. Thus, one
crankshaft. Thus, one power stroke is power stroke is obtained in each revolution of the
obtained in every two revolutions of the crank-shaft.
crankshaft.
2. Because of the above, turning movement is More uniform turning movement and hence lighter
not so uniform and hence heavier flywheel flywheel is needed.
is needed.
3. Again, because of one power stroke for two Because of one power stroke for one revolution,
revolutions, power produced for same size power produced for same size of engine is more
of engine is small, or for the same power (theoretically twice, actually about 1.3 times), or
the engine is heavy and bulky. for the same power the engine is light and compact.
4. Because of one power stroke in two Because of one power stroke in one revolution
revolutions lesser cooling and lubrication greater cooling and lubrication requirement.
requirements. Lesser rate of wear and tear. Greater rate of wear and tear.
5. The four-stroke engine contains valves and Two-stroke engines have no valves but only ports
valve mechanisms. (some two-stroke engines are fitted with
conventional exhaust valve).
6. Because of the heavy weight and Because of light weight and simplicity due to the
complication of valve mechanism, higher absence of valve mechanism, cheaper in initial
in initial cost. cost.
7. Volumetric efficiency more due to greater Volumetric efficiency less due to lesser time for
time of induction. induction.
8. Thermal efficiency higher, part load Thermal efficiency lower, part load efficiency
efficiency better than two-stroke cycle lesser than four-stroke cycle engine. In two-stroke
engine. petrol engines some fuel is exhausted during
scavenging.

2. (c) Number of cylinder, Ncyl = 4;

1/3
No. of strokes per cycle for the engine, S = 4;  
Power developed, I.P. = 14.7 kW;  I.P.  60 1 
  
Engine speed, N = 1000 r.p.m.; D=
100  pam 1.5     2N  ncyl 
Actual mean effective pressure, Pam = 5.5 bar;    
4  S 
Length of stroke, L = 1.5D
No. of missed cycle, Nmc = 0.
1/3
Formula: Indicated power developed, IP  
 2N   14.7  60 1 
100.pam .L.A.  
 S   (No. of cylinders) =  
= 100  5.5 1.5     2 1000  ncyl 
60    
4  4 
  2N  = 0.0879 or 87.9 mm and
100  pam  1.5D  D 2   
4  S  n length of stroke, L = 1.5 D
= cyl
60 = 1.5 × 87.9 = 131.8 mm.
3. (a)
1/3 Strain of the diameter = strain of the circumference
 
 I.P.  60 1 
 pd  1 1
or D =    2  =
100  p am  1.5     2N  n cyl  4tE  m 2500
 
 4  S  

WhereRam
# 100-102 D =Nagar,
Diameter of Pulia,
Bambala bore # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
3 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
2. (b)
Four-stroke cycle Two-stroke cycle
1. The cycle is completed in four strokes of The cycle is completed in two-strokes of the piston
the piston or in two revolutions of the or in one revolution of the crankshaft. Thus, one
crankshaft. Thus, one power stroke is power stroke is obtained in each revolution of the
obtained in every two revolutions of the crank-shaft.
crankshaft.
2. Because of the above, turning movement is More uniform turning movement and hence lighter
not so uniform and hence heavier flywheel flywheel is needed.
is needed.
3. Again, because of one power stroke for two Because of one power stroke for one revolution,
revolutions, power produced for same size power produced for same size of engine is more
of engine is small, or for the same power (theoretically twice, actually about 1.3 times), or
the engine is heavy and bulky. for the same power the engine is light and compact.
4. Because of one power stroke in two Because of one power stroke in one revolution
revolutions lesser cooling and lubrication greater cooling and lubrication requirement.
requirements. Lesser rate of wear and tear. Greater rate of wear and tear.
5. The four-stroke engine contains valves and Two-stroke engines have no valves but only ports
valve mechanisms. (some two-stroke engines are fitted with
conventional exhaust valve).
6. Because of the heavy weight and Because of light weight and simplicity due to the
complication of valve mechanism, higher absence of valve mechanism, cheaper in initial
in initial cost. cost.
7. Volumetric efficiency more due to greater Volumetric efficiency less due to lesser time for
time of induction. induction.
8. Thermal efficiency higher, part load Thermal efficiency lower, part load efficiency
efficiency better than two-stroke cycle lesser than four-stroke cycle engine. In two-stroke
engine. petrol engines some fuel is exhausted during
scavenging.

2. (c) Number of cylinder, Ncyl = 4;

1/3
No. of strokes per cycle for the engine, S = 4;  
Power developed, I.P. = 14.7 kW;  I.P.  60 1 
  
Engine speed, N = 1000 r.p.m.; D=
100  pam 1.5     2N  ncyl 
Actual mean effective pressure, Pam = 5.5 bar;    
4  S 
Length of stroke, L = 1.5D
No. of missed cycle, Nmc = 0.
1/3
Formula: Indicated power developed, IP  
 2N   14.7  60 1 
100.pam .L.A.  
 S   (No. of cylinders) =  
= 100  5.5 1.5     2 1000  ncyl 
60    
4  4 
  2N  = 0.0879 or 87.9 mm and
100  pam  1.5D  D 2   
4  S  n length of stroke, L = 1.5 D
= cyl
60 = 1.5 × 87.9 = 131.8 mm.
3. (a)
1/3 Strain of the diameter = strain of the circumference
 
 I.P.  60 1 
 pd  1 1
or D =    2  =
100  p am  1.5     2N  n cyl  4tE  m 2500
 
 4  S  

WhereRam
# 100-102 D =Nagar,
Diameter of Pulia,
Bambala bore # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
4 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

P  350 1 T
 5
 2  0.3 = 650  103
4  5  2  10 2500 = fs = I R =  20
p 171805.8
4  5  2  10 5 = 75.67 N/mm2
 P= = 2.69 N/mm2
350  1.7  2500
T l 650 103 46 180
Pd 2.69  350 Also, C = I  = 171805.8  3.5
Hoop stress = f1 = = p  
2t 25
= 28489.7 N/mm2
= 94.14 N/mm2
fs
94.14 Maximum shear strain  =
Longitudinal stress = f2 = = 47.07 N/mm2 C
2
3. (b) 75.67
=
28489.7
E
Bulk Modulus K = = 0.00266
 2
3 1   3. (d)
 m 

Area of the section = A
4

402  252 mm 2 
2.1 105
= 3 1  0.5 = 765.76 mm2
  When subjected to tension
= 1.4 × 105 N/mm2 WL
Pressure intensity at a depth of 5 km Extension  =
AE
10008  5000
= P = wh = N/mm2 WL
106 E=
A
= 50.04 N/mm2
60  103  5  103
P 50.04 =
Volumetric strain ev = = 765.76  6.4
K 1.4  105 N
Decrease in volume = evV = 61213.69
mm 2
50.04 When used as a column,
= 5 × 2503
1.4  10 
= 5584.8 mm3 I=
64

404  254 
3. (c)
= 106489 mm4
d1 = 40 mm
d2 = 30 mm 2 EI
L = 460 mm Buckling load, P =
L2
T = 650 mm
3.5  2  61213.69  106489
 = 3.5 = o rad =
180 50002
  4 = 2573.43N
Ip =
 40  304 
32 Safe load, with a factor of safety of 4,
= 171805.8 mm4
Maximum shear stress 2573.43
= = 643.36N
4

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
4 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

P  350 1 T
 5
 2  0.3 = 650  103
4  5  2  10 2500 = fs = I R =  20
p 171805.8
4  5  2  10 5 = 75.67 N/mm2
 P= = 2.69 N/mm2
350  1.7  2500
T l 650 103 46 180
Pd 2.69  350 Also, C = I  = 171805.8  3.5
Hoop stress = f1 = = p  
2t 25
= 28489.7 N/mm2
= 94.14 N/mm2
fs
94.14 Maximum shear strain  =
Longitudinal stress = f2 = = 47.07 N/mm2 C
2
3. (b) 75.67
=
28489.7
E
Bulk Modulus K = = 0.00266
 2
3 1   3. (d)
 m 

Area of the section = A
4

402  252 mm 2 
2.1 105
= 3 1  0.5 = 765.76 mm2
  When subjected to tension
= 1.4 × 105 N/mm2 WL
Pressure intensity at a depth of 5 km Extension  =
AE
10008  5000
= P = wh = N/mm2 WL
106 E=
A
= 50.04 N/mm2
60  103  5  103
P 50.04 =
Volumetric strain ev = = 765.76  6.4
K 1.4  105 N
Decrease in volume = evV = 61213.69
mm 2
50.04 When used as a column,
= 5 × 2503
1.4  10 
= 5584.8 mm3 I=
64

404  254 
3. (c)
= 106489 mm4
d1 = 40 mm
d2 = 30 mm 2 EI
L = 460 mm Buckling load, P =
L2
T = 650 mm
3.5  2  61213.69  106489
 = 3.5 = o rad =
180 50002
  4 = 2573.43N
Ip =
 40  304 
32 Safe load, with a factor of safety of 4,
= 171805.8 mm4
Maximum shear stress 2573.43
= = 643.36N
4

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
4 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

P  350 1 T
 5
 2  0.3 = 650  103
4  5  2  10 2500 = fs = I R =  20
p 171805.8
4  5  2  10 5 = 75.67 N/mm2
 P= = 2.69 N/mm2
350  1.7  2500
T l 650 103 46 180
Pd 2.69  350 Also, C = I  = 171805.8  3.5
Hoop stress = f1 = = p  
2t 25
= 28489.7 N/mm2
= 94.14 N/mm2
fs
94.14 Maximum shear strain  =
Longitudinal stress = f2 = = 47.07 N/mm2 C
2
3. (b) 75.67
=
28489.7
E
Bulk Modulus K = = 0.00266
 2
3 1   3. (d)
 m 

Area of the section = A
4

402  252 mm 2 
2.1 105
= 3 1  0.5 = 765.76 mm2
  When subjected to tension
= 1.4 × 105 N/mm2 WL
Pressure intensity at a depth of 5 km Extension  =
AE
10008  5000
= P = wh = N/mm2 WL
106 E=
A
= 50.04 N/mm2
60  103  5  103
P 50.04 =
Volumetric strain ev = = 765.76  6.4
K 1.4  105 N
Decrease in volume = evV = 61213.69
mm 2
50.04 When used as a column,
= 5 × 2503
1.4  10 
= 5584.8 mm3 I=
64

404  254 
3. (c)
= 106489 mm4
d1 = 40 mm
d2 = 30 mm 2 EI
L = 460 mm Buckling load, P =
L2
T = 650 mm
3.5  2  61213.69  106489
 = 3.5 = o rad =
180 50002
  4 = 2573.43N
Ip =
 40  304 
32 Safe load, with a factor of safety of 4,
= 171805.8 mm4
Maximum shear stress 2573.43
= = 643.36N
4

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
4 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

P  350 1 T
 5
 2  0.3 = 650  103
4  5  2  10 2500 = fs = I R =  20
p 171805.8
4  5  2  10 5 = 75.67 N/mm2
 P= = 2.69 N/mm2
350  1.7  2500
T l 650 103 46 180
Pd 2.69  350 Also, C = I  = 171805.8  3.5
Hoop stress = f1 = = p  
2t 25
= 28489.7 N/mm2
= 94.14 N/mm2
fs
94.14 Maximum shear strain  =
Longitudinal stress = f2 = = 47.07 N/mm2 C
2
3. (b) 75.67
=
28489.7
E
Bulk Modulus K = = 0.00266
 2
3 1   3. (d)
 m 

Area of the section = A
4

402  252 mm 2 
2.1 105
= 3 1  0.5 = 765.76 mm2
  When subjected to tension
= 1.4 × 105 N/mm2 WL
Pressure intensity at a depth of 5 km Extension  =
AE
10008  5000
= P = wh = N/mm2 WL
106 E=
A
= 50.04 N/mm2
60  103  5  103
P 50.04 =
Volumetric strain ev = = 765.76  6.4
K 1.4  105 N
Decrease in volume = evV = 61213.69
mm 2
50.04 When used as a column,
= 5 × 2503
1.4  10 
= 5584.8 mm3 I=
64

404  254 
3. (c)
= 106489 mm4
d1 = 40 mm
d2 = 30 mm 2 EI
L = 460 mm Buckling load, P =
L2
T = 650 mm
3.5  2  61213.69  106489
 = 3.5 = o rad =
180 50002
  4 = 2573.43N
Ip =
 40  304 
32 Safe load, with a factor of safety of 4,
= 171805.8 mm4
Maximum shear stress 2573.43
= = 643.36N
4

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
4 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

P  350 1 T
 5
 2  0.3 = 650  103
4  5  2  10 2500 = fs = I R =  20
p 171805.8
4  5  2  10 5 = 75.67 N/mm2
 P= = 2.69 N/mm2
350  1.7  2500
T l 650 103 46 180
Pd 2.69  350 Also, C = I  = 171805.8  3.5
Hoop stress = f1 = = p  
2t 25
= 28489.7 N/mm2
= 94.14 N/mm2
fs
94.14 Maximum shear strain  =
Longitudinal stress = f2 = = 47.07 N/mm2 C
2
3. (b) 75.67
=
28489.7
E
Bulk Modulus K = = 0.00266
 2
3 1   3. (d)
 m 

Area of the section = A
4

402  252 mm 2 
2.1 105
= 3 1  0.5 = 765.76 mm2
  When subjected to tension
= 1.4 × 105 N/mm2 WL
Pressure intensity at a depth of 5 km Extension  =
AE
10008  5000
= P = wh = N/mm2 WL
106 E=
A
= 50.04 N/mm2
60  103  5  103
P 50.04 =
Volumetric strain ev = = 765.76  6.4
K 1.4  105 N
Decrease in volume = evV = 61213.69
mm 2
50.04 When used as a column,
= 5 × 2503
1.4  10 
= 5584.8 mm3 I=
64

404  254 
3. (c)
= 106489 mm4
d1 = 40 mm
d2 = 30 mm 2 EI
L = 460 mm Buckling load, P =
L2
T = 650 mm
3.5  2  61213.69  106489
 = 3.5 = o rad =
180 50002
  4 = 2573.43N
Ip =
 40  304 
32 Safe load, with a factor of safety of 4,
= 171805.8 mm4
Maximum shear stress 2573.43
= = 643.36N
4

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
4 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

P  350 1 T
 5
 2  0.3 = 650  103
4  5  2  10 2500 = fs = I R =  20
p 171805.8
4  5  2  10 5 = 75.67 N/mm2
 P= = 2.69 N/mm2
350  1.7  2500
T l 650 103 46 180
Pd 2.69  350 Also, C = I  = 171805.8  3.5
Hoop stress = f1 = = p  
2t 25
= 28489.7 N/mm2
= 94.14 N/mm2
fs
94.14 Maximum shear strain  =
Longitudinal stress = f2 = = 47.07 N/mm2 C
2
3. (b) 75.67
=
28489.7
E
Bulk Modulus K = = 0.00266
 2
3 1   3. (d)
 m 

Area of the section = A
4

402  252 mm 2 
2.1 105
= 3 1  0.5 = 765.76 mm2
  When subjected to tension
= 1.4 × 105 N/mm2 WL
Pressure intensity at a depth of 5 km Extension  =
AE
10008  5000
= P = wh = N/mm2 WL
106 E=
A
= 50.04 N/mm2
60  103  5  103
P 50.04 =
Volumetric strain ev = = 765.76  6.4
K 1.4  105 N
Decrease in volume = evV = 61213.69
mm 2
50.04 When used as a column,
= 5 × 2503
1.4  10 
= 5584.8 mm3 I=
64

404  254 
3. (c)
= 106489 mm4
d1 = 40 mm
d2 = 30 mm 2 EI
L = 460 mm Buckling load, P =
L2
T = 650 mm
3.5  2  61213.69  106489
 = 3.5 = o rad =
180 50002
  4 = 2573.43N
Ip =
 40  304 
32 Safe load, with a factor of safety of 4,
= 171805.8 mm4
Maximum shear stress 2573.43
= = 643.36N
4

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
4 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

P  350 1 T
 5
 2  0.3 = 650  103
4  5  2  10 2500 = fs = I R =  20
p 171805.8
4  5  2  10 5 = 75.67 N/mm2
 P= = 2.69 N/mm2
350  1.7  2500
T l 650 103 46 180
Pd 2.69  350 Also, C = I  = 171805.8  3.5
Hoop stress = f1 = = p  
2t 25
= 28489.7 N/mm2
= 94.14 N/mm2
fs
94.14 Maximum shear strain  =
Longitudinal stress = f2 = = 47.07 N/mm2 C
2
3. (b) 75.67
=
28489.7
E
Bulk Modulus K = = 0.00266
 2
3 1   3. (d)
 m 

Area of the section = A
4

402  252 mm 2 
2.1 105
= 3 1  0.5 = 765.76 mm2
  When subjected to tension
= 1.4 × 105 N/mm2 WL
Pressure intensity at a depth of 5 km Extension  =
AE
10008  5000
= P = wh = N/mm2 WL
106 E=
A
= 50.04 N/mm2
60  103  5  103
P 50.04 =
Volumetric strain ev = = 765.76  6.4
K 1.4  105 N
Decrease in volume = evV = 61213.69
mm 2
50.04 When used as a column,
= 5 × 2503
1.4  10 
= 5584.8 mm3 I=
64

404  254 
3. (c)
= 106489 mm4
d1 = 40 mm
d2 = 30 mm 2 EI
L = 460 mm Buckling load, P =
L2
T = 650 mm
3.5  2  61213.69  106489
 = 3.5 = o rad =
180 50002
  4 = 2573.43N
Ip =
 40  304 
32 Safe load, with a factor of safety of 4,
= 171805.8 mm4
Maximum shear stress 2573.43
= = 643.36N
4

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
4 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

P  350 1 T
 5
 2  0.3 = 650  103
4  5  2  10 2500 = fs = I R =  20
p 171805.8
4  5  2  10 5 = 75.67 N/mm2
 P= = 2.69 N/mm2
350  1.7  2500
T l 650 103 46 180
Pd 2.69  350 Also, C = I  = 171805.8  3.5
Hoop stress = f1 = = p  
2t 25
= 28489.7 N/mm2
= 94.14 N/mm2
fs
94.14 Maximum shear strain  =
Longitudinal stress = f2 = = 47.07 N/mm2 C
2
3. (b) 75.67
=
28489.7
E
Bulk Modulus K = = 0.00266
 2
3 1   3. (d)
 m 

Area of the section = A
4

402  252 mm 2 
2.1 105
= 3 1  0.5 = 765.76 mm2
  When subjected to tension
= 1.4 × 105 N/mm2 WL
Pressure intensity at a depth of 5 km Extension  =
AE
10008  5000
= P = wh = N/mm2 WL
106 E=
A
= 50.04 N/mm2
60  103  5  103
P 50.04 =
Volumetric strain ev = = 765.76  6.4
K 1.4  105 N
Decrease in volume = evV = 61213.69
mm 2
50.04 When used as a column,
= 5 × 2503
1.4  10 
= 5584.8 mm3 I=
64

404  254 
3. (c)
= 106489 mm4
d1 = 40 mm
d2 = 30 mm 2 EI
L = 460 mm Buckling load, P =
L2
T = 650 mm
3.5  2  61213.69  106489
 = 3.5 = o rad =
180 50002
  4 = 2573.43N
Ip =
 40  304 
32 Safe load, with a factor of safety of 4,
= 171805.8 mm4
Maximum shear stress 2573.43
= = 643.36N
4

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
4 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

P  350 1 T
 5
 2  0.3 = 650  103
4  5  2  10 2500 = fs = I R =  20
p 171805.8
4  5  2  10 5 = 75.67 N/mm2
 P= = 2.69 N/mm2
350  1.7  2500
T l 650 103 46 180
Pd 2.69  350 Also, C = I  = 171805.8  3.5
Hoop stress = f1 = = p  
2t 25
= 28489.7 N/mm2
= 94.14 N/mm2
fs
94.14 Maximum shear strain  =
Longitudinal stress = f2 = = 47.07 N/mm2 C
2
3. (b) 75.67
=
28489.7
E
Bulk Modulus K = = 0.00266
 2
3 1   3. (d)
 m 

Area of the section = A
4

402  252 mm 2 
2.1 105
= 3 1  0.5 = 765.76 mm2
  When subjected to tension
= 1.4 × 105 N/mm2 WL
Pressure intensity at a depth of 5 km Extension  =
AE
10008  5000
= P = wh = N/mm2 WL
106 E=
A
= 50.04 N/mm2
60  103  5  103
P 50.04 =
Volumetric strain ev = = 765.76  6.4
K 1.4  105 N
Decrease in volume = evV = 61213.69
mm 2
50.04 When used as a column,
= 5 × 2503
1.4  10 
= 5584.8 mm3 I=
64

404  254 
3. (c)
= 106489 mm4
d1 = 40 mm
d2 = 30 mm 2 EI
L = 460 mm Buckling load, P =
L2
T = 650 mm
3.5  2  61213.69  106489
 = 3.5 = o rad =
180 50002
  4 = 2573.43N
Ip =
 40  304 
32 Safe load, with a factor of safety of 4,
= 171805.8 mm4
Maximum shear stress 2573.43
= = 643.36N
4

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
4 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

P  350 1 T
 5
 2  0.3 = 650  103
4  5  2  10 2500 = fs = I R =  20
p 171805.8
4  5  2  10 5 = 75.67 N/mm2
 P= = 2.69 N/mm2
350  1.7  2500
T l 650 103 46 180
Pd 2.69  350 Also, C = I  = 171805.8  3.5
Hoop stress = f1 = = p  
2t 25
= 28489.7 N/mm2
= 94.14 N/mm2
fs
94.14 Maximum shear strain  =
Longitudinal stress = f2 = = 47.07 N/mm2 C
2
3. (b) 75.67
=
28489.7
E
Bulk Modulus K = = 0.00266
 2
3 1   3. (d)
 m 

Area of the section = A
4

402  252 mm 2 
2.1 105
= 3 1  0.5 = 765.76 mm2
  When subjected to tension
= 1.4 × 105 N/mm2 WL
Pressure intensity at a depth of 5 km Extension  =
AE
10008  5000
= P = wh = N/mm2 WL
106 E=
A
= 50.04 N/mm2
60  103  5  103
P 50.04 =
Volumetric strain ev = = 765.76  6.4
K 1.4  105 N
Decrease in volume = evV = 61213.69
mm 2
50.04 When used as a column,
= 5 × 2503
1.4  10 
= 5584.8 mm3 I=
64

404  254 
3. (c)
= 106489 mm4
d1 = 40 mm
d2 = 30 mm 2 EI
L = 460 mm Buckling load, P =
L2
T = 650 mm
3.5  2  61213.69  106489
 = 3.5 = o rad =
180 50002
  4 = 2573.43N
Ip =
 40  304 
32 Safe load, with a factor of safety of 4,
= 171805.8 mm4
Maximum shear stress 2573.43
= = 643.36N
4

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
4 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

P  350 1 T
 5
 2  0.3 = 650  103
4  5  2  10 2500 = fs = I R =  20
p 171805.8
4  5  2  10 5 = 75.67 N/mm2
 P= = 2.69 N/mm2
350  1.7  2500
T l 650 103 46 180
Pd 2.69  350 Also, C = I  = 171805.8  3.5
Hoop stress = f1 = = p  
2t 25
= 28489.7 N/mm2
= 94.14 N/mm2
fs
94.14 Maximum shear strain  =
Longitudinal stress = f2 = = 47.07 N/mm2 C
2
3. (b) 75.67
=
28489.7
E
Bulk Modulus K = = 0.00266
 2
3 1   3. (d)
 m 

Area of the section = A
4

402  252 mm 2 
2.1 105
= 3 1  0.5 = 765.76 mm2
  When subjected to tension
= 1.4 × 105 N/mm2 WL
Pressure intensity at a depth of 5 km Extension  =
AE
10008  5000
= P = wh = N/mm2 WL
106 E=
A
= 50.04 N/mm2
60  103  5  103
P 50.04 =
Volumetric strain ev = = 765.76  6.4
K 1.4  105 N
Decrease in volume = evV = 61213.69
mm 2
50.04 When used as a column,
= 5 × 2503
1.4  10 
= 5584.8 mm3 I=
64

404  254 
3. (c)
= 106489 mm4
d1 = 40 mm
d2 = 30 mm 2 EI
L = 460 mm Buckling load, P =
L2
T = 650 mm
3.5  2  61213.69  106489
 = 3.5 = o rad =
180 50002
  4 = 2573.43N
Ip =
 40  304 
32 Safe load, with a factor of safety of 4,
= 171805.8 mm4
Maximum shear stress 2573.43
= = 643.36N
4

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
5 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
4. (a)
C2 = 2  h1  h 2 
Applying steady flow energy equation with inlet
and exit states as 1, 2 with no heat and work
Exit velocity, C2 = 2C p  T1  T2 
interaction and no change in potential energy.

C12 C2 or C2 = 2  1.005  103  900  300 

h1 + = h2  2
2 2
Exit velocity = 1098.2 m/s
Given that, C1 = 0 negligible velocity

4. (b)

Reversible process Irreversible process

1. Reversible process cannot be realized in All practical processes occurring are irreversible
practice processes
2. The process can be carried out in the Process, when carried out in reverse direction
reverse direction following the same path follows the path different from that in forward
as followed in forward direction. direction.
3. A reversible process leaves no trace of The evidences of process having occurred are
occurrence of process upon the system and evident even after reversal of irreversible process.
surrounding after its reversal.
4. Such processes can occur in either Occurrence of irreversible processes in either
directions without violating second law of direction is not possible, as in one direction it shall
thermodynamics. be accompanied with the violation of second law of
thermodynamics.
5. A system undergoing reversible processes System having irreversible processes do not have
has maximum efficiency. So the system maximum efficiency as it is accompanied by the
with reversible process are considered as wastage of energy.
reference systems or bench marks.
6. Reversible process occurs at infinitesimal Irreversible processes occur at finite rate.
rate i.e. quasi-static-process.
7. System remains throughout in System does not remain in thermodynamic
thermodynamic equilibrium during equilibrium during occurrence of irreversible
occurrence of such process. processes.
8. Examples; Examples;
Frictionless motion, controlled expansion Viscous fluid flow, inelastic deformation and
and compression, Elastic deformations, hysteresis effect, Free expansion, Electric circuit
Electric circuit with no resistance, with resistance, Mixing of dissimilar gases,
Electrolysis, Polarization and Throttling process etc.
magnetization process etc.

4. (c) Amount of gas = 1 mole V1 V2

P 1 = 1 MPa V2 = 2V1, i.e., T = T
1 2
T1 : 300 K
as 1–2 : constant pressure V2 = 2V1,

P1V1 P2 V2 V1 2V1
= i.e. = T
T1 T2 300 2

T2 = 600 K
V1 V2
i.e. T1 = T2 For 1 mole R = universal gas constant
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
5 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
4. (a)
C2 = 2  h1  h 2 
Applying steady flow energy equation with inlet
and exit states as 1, 2 with no heat and work
Exit velocity, C2 = 2C p  T1  T2 
interaction and no change in potential energy.

C12 C2 or C2 = 2  1.005  103  900  300 

h1 + = h2  2
2 2
Exit velocity = 1098.2 m/s
Given that, C1 = 0 negligible velocity

4. (b)

Reversible process Irreversible process

1. Reversible process cannot be realized in All practical processes occurring are irreversible
practice processes
2. The process can be carried out in the Process, when carried out in reverse direction
reverse direction following the same path follows the path different from that in forward
as followed in forward direction. direction.
3. A reversible process leaves no trace of The evidences of process having occurred are
occurrence of process upon the system and evident even after reversal of irreversible process.
surrounding after its reversal.
4. Such processes can occur in either Occurrence of irreversible processes in either
directions without violating second law of direction is not possible, as in one direction it shall
thermodynamics. be accompanied with the violation of second law of
thermodynamics.
5. A system undergoing reversible processes System having irreversible processes do not have
has maximum efficiency. So the system maximum efficiency as it is accompanied by the
with reversible process are considered as wastage of energy.
reference systems or bench marks.
6. Reversible process occurs at infinitesimal Irreversible processes occur at finite rate.
rate i.e. quasi-static-process.
7. System remains throughout in System does not remain in thermodynamic
thermodynamic equilibrium during equilibrium during occurrence of irreversible
occurrence of such process. processes.
8. Examples; Examples;
Frictionless motion, controlled expansion Viscous fluid flow, inelastic deformation and
and compression, Elastic deformations, hysteresis effect, Free expansion, Electric circuit
Electric circuit with no resistance, with resistance, Mixing of dissimilar gases,
Electrolysis, Polarization and Throttling process etc.
magnetization process etc.

4. (c) Amount of gas = 1 mole V1 V2

P 1 = 1 MPa V2 = 2V1, i.e., T = T
1 2
T1 : 300 K
as 1–2 : constant pressure V2 = 2V1,

P1V1 P2 V2 V1 2V1
= i.e. = T
T1 T2 300 2

T2 = 600 K
V1 V2
i.e. T1 = T2 For 1 mole R = universal gas constant
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
5 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
4. (a)
C2 = 2  h1  h 2 
Applying steady flow energy equation with inlet
and exit states as 1, 2 with no heat and work
Exit velocity, C2 = 2C p  T1  T2 
interaction and no change in potential energy.

C12 C2 or C2 = 2  1.005  103  900  300 

h1 + = h2  2
2 2
Exit velocity = 1098.2 m/s
Given that, C1 = 0 negligible velocity

4. (b)

Reversible process Irreversible process

1. Reversible process cannot be realized in All practical processes occurring are irreversible
practice processes
2. The process can be carried out in the Process, when carried out in reverse direction
reverse direction following the same path follows the path different from that in forward
as followed in forward direction. direction.
3. A reversible process leaves no trace of The evidences of process having occurred are
occurrence of process upon the system and evident even after reversal of irreversible process.
surrounding after its reversal.
4. Such processes can occur in either Occurrence of irreversible processes in either
directions without violating second law of direction is not possible, as in one direction it shall
thermodynamics. be accompanied with the violation of second law of
thermodynamics.
5. A system undergoing reversible processes System having irreversible processes do not have
has maximum efficiency. So the system maximum efficiency as it is accompanied by the
with reversible process are considered as wastage of energy.
reference systems or bench marks.
6. Reversible process occurs at infinitesimal Irreversible processes occur at finite rate.
rate i.e. quasi-static-process.
7. System remains throughout in System does not remain in thermodynamic
thermodynamic equilibrium during equilibrium during occurrence of irreversible
occurrence of such process. processes.
8. Examples; Examples;
Frictionless motion, controlled expansion Viscous fluid flow, inelastic deformation and
and compression, Elastic deformations, hysteresis effect, Free expansion, Electric circuit
Electric circuit with no resistance, with resistance, Mixing of dissimilar gases,
Electrolysis, Polarization and Throttling process etc.
magnetization process etc.

4. (c) Amount of gas = 1 mole V1 V2

P 1 = 1 MPa V2 = 2V1, i.e., T = T
1 2
T1 : 300 K
as 1–2 : constant pressure V2 = 2V1,

P1V1 P2 V2 V1 2V1
= i.e. = T
T1 T2 300 2

T2 = 600 K
V1 V2
i.e. T1 = T2 For 1 mole R = universal gas constant
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
5 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
4. (a)
C2 = 2  h1  h 2 
Applying steady flow energy equation with inlet
and exit states as 1, 2 with no heat and work
Exit velocity, C2 = 2C p  T1  T2 
interaction and no change in potential energy.

C12 C2 or C2 = 2  1.005  103  900  300 

h1 + = h2  2
2 2
Exit velocity = 1098.2 m/s
Given that, C1 = 0 negligible velocity

4. (b)

Reversible process Irreversible process

1. Reversible process cannot be realized in All practical processes occurring are irreversible
practice processes
2. The process can be carried out in the Process, when carried out in reverse direction
reverse direction following the same path follows the path different from that in forward
as followed in forward direction. direction.
3. A reversible process leaves no trace of The evidences of process having occurred are
occurrence of process upon the system and evident even after reversal of irreversible process.
surrounding after its reversal.
4. Such processes can occur in either Occurrence of irreversible processes in either
directions without violating second law of direction is not possible, as in one direction it shall
thermodynamics. be accompanied with the violation of second law of
thermodynamics.
5. A system undergoing reversible processes System having irreversible processes do not have
has maximum efficiency. So the system maximum efficiency as it is accompanied by the
with reversible process are considered as wastage of energy.
reference systems or bench marks.
6. Reversible process occurs at infinitesimal Irreversible processes occur at finite rate.
rate i.e. quasi-static-process.
7. System remains throughout in System does not remain in thermodynamic
thermodynamic equilibrium during equilibrium during occurrence of irreversible
occurrence of such process. processes.
8. Examples; Examples;
Frictionless motion, controlled expansion Viscous fluid flow, inelastic deformation and
and compression, Elastic deformations, hysteresis effect, Free expansion, Electric circuit
Electric circuit with no resistance, with resistance, Mixing of dissimilar gases,
Electrolysis, Polarization and Throttling process etc.
magnetization process etc.

4. (c) Amount of gas = 1 mole V1 V2

P 1 = 1 MPa V2 = 2V1, i.e., T = T
1 2
T1 : 300 K
as 1–2 : constant pressure V2 = 2V1,

P1V1 P2 V2 V1 2V1
= i.e. = T
T1 T2 300 2

T2 = 600 K
V1 V2
i.e. T1 = T2 For 1 mole R = universal gas constant
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
5 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
4. (a)
C2 = 2  h1  h 2 
Applying steady flow energy equation with inlet
and exit states as 1, 2 with no heat and work
Exit velocity, C2 = 2C p  T1  T2 
interaction and no change in potential energy.

C12 C2 or C2 = 2  1.005  103  900  300 

h1 + = h2  2
2 2
Exit velocity = 1098.2 m/s
Given that, C1 = 0 negligible velocity

4. (b)

Reversible process Irreversible process

1. Reversible process cannot be realized in All practical processes occurring are irreversible
practice processes
2. The process can be carried out in the Process, when carried out in reverse direction
reverse direction following the same path follows the path different from that in forward
as followed in forward direction. direction.
3. A reversible process leaves no trace of The evidences of process having occurred are
occurrence of process upon the system and evident even after reversal of irreversible process.
surrounding after its reversal.
4. Such processes can occur in either Occurrence of irreversible processes in either
directions without violating second law of direction is not possible, as in one direction it shall
thermodynamics. be accompanied with the violation of second law of
thermodynamics.
5. A system undergoing reversible processes System having irreversible processes do not have
has maximum efficiency. So the system maximum efficiency as it is accompanied by the
with reversible process are considered as wastage of energy.
reference systems or bench marks.
6. Reversible process occurs at infinitesimal Irreversible processes occur at finite rate.
rate i.e. quasi-static-process.
7. System remains throughout in System does not remain in thermodynamic
thermodynamic equilibrium during equilibrium during occurrence of irreversible
occurrence of such process. processes.
8. Examples; Examples;
Frictionless motion, controlled expansion Viscous fluid flow, inelastic deformation and
and compression, Elastic deformations, hysteresis effect, Free expansion, Electric circuit
Electric circuit with no resistance, with resistance, Mixing of dissimilar gases,
Electrolysis, Polarization and Throttling process etc.
magnetization process etc.

4. (c) Amount of gas = 1 mole V1 V2

P 1 = 1 MPa V2 = 2V1, i.e., T = T
1 2
T1 : 300 K
as 1–2 : constant pressure V2 = 2V1,

P1V1 P2 V2 V1 2V1
= i.e. = T
T1 T2 300 2

T2 = 600 K
V1 V2
i.e. T1 = T2 For 1 mole R = universal gas constant
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
5 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
4. (a)
C2 = 2  h1  h 2 
Applying steady flow energy equation with inlet
and exit states as 1, 2 with no heat and work
Exit velocity, C2 = 2C p  T1  T2 
interaction and no change in potential energy.

C12 C2 or C2 = 2  1.005  103  900  300 

h1 + = h2  2
2 2
Exit velocity = 1098.2 m/s
Given that, C1 = 0 negligible velocity

4. (b)

Reversible process Irreversible process

1. Reversible process cannot be realized in All practical processes occurring are irreversible
practice processes
2. The process can be carried out in the Process, when carried out in reverse direction
reverse direction following the same path follows the path different from that in forward
as followed in forward direction. direction.
3. A reversible process leaves no trace of The evidences of process having occurred are
occurrence of process upon the system and evident even after reversal of irreversible process.
surrounding after its reversal.
4. Such processes can occur in either Occurrence of irreversible processes in either
directions without violating second law of direction is not possible, as in one direction it shall
thermodynamics. be accompanied with the violation of second law of
thermodynamics.
5. A system undergoing reversible processes System having irreversible processes do not have
has maximum efficiency. So the system maximum efficiency as it is accompanied by the
with reversible process are considered as wastage of energy.
reference systems or bench marks.
6. Reversible process occurs at infinitesimal Irreversible processes occur at finite rate.
rate i.e. quasi-static-process.
7. System remains throughout in System does not remain in thermodynamic
thermodynamic equilibrium during equilibrium during occurrence of irreversible
occurrence of such process. processes.
8. Examples; Examples;
Frictionless motion, controlled expansion Viscous fluid flow, inelastic deformation and
and compression, Elastic deformations, hysteresis effect, Free expansion, Electric circuit
Electric circuit with no resistance, with resistance, Mixing of dissimilar gases,
Electrolysis, Polarization and Throttling process etc.
magnetization process etc.

4. (c) Amount of gas = 1 mole V1 V2

P 1 = 1 MPa V2 = 2V1, i.e., T = T
1 2
T1 : 300 K
as 1–2 : constant pressure V2 = 2V1,

P1V1 P2 V2 V1 2V1
= i.e. = T
T1 T2 300 2

T2 = 600 K
V1 V2
i.e. T1 = T2 For 1 mole R = universal gas constant
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
5 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
4. (a)
C2 = 2  h1  h 2 
Applying steady flow energy equation with inlet
and exit states as 1, 2 with no heat and work
Exit velocity, C2 = 2C p  T1  T2 
interaction and no change in potential energy.

C12 C2 or C2 = 2  1.005  103  900  300 

h1 + = h2  2
2 2
Exit velocity = 1098.2 m/s
Given that, C1 = 0 negligible velocity

4. (b)

Reversible process Irreversible process

1. Reversible process cannot be realized in All practical processes occurring are irreversible
practice processes
2. The process can be carried out in the Process, when carried out in reverse direction
reverse direction following the same path follows the path different from that in forward
as followed in forward direction. direction.
3. A reversible process leaves no trace of The evidences of process having occurred are
occurrence of process upon the system and evident even after reversal of irreversible process.
surrounding after its reversal.
4. Such processes can occur in either Occurrence of irreversible processes in either
directions without violating second law of direction is not possible, as in one direction it shall
thermodynamics. be accompanied with the violation of second law of
thermodynamics.
5. A system undergoing reversible processes System having irreversible processes do not have
has maximum efficiency. So the system maximum efficiency as it is accompanied by the
with reversible process are considered as wastage of energy.
reference systems or bench marks.
6. Reversible process occurs at infinitesimal Irreversible processes occur at finite rate.
rate i.e. quasi-static-process.
7. System remains throughout in System does not remain in thermodynamic
thermodynamic equilibrium during equilibrium during occurrence of irreversible
occurrence of such process. processes.
8. Examples; Examples;
Frictionless motion, controlled expansion Viscous fluid flow, inelastic deformation and
and compression, Elastic deformations, hysteresis effect, Free expansion, Electric circuit
Electric circuit with no resistance, with resistance, Mixing of dissimilar gases,
Electrolysis, Polarization and Throttling process etc.
magnetization process etc.

4. (c) Amount of gas = 1 mole V1 V2

P 1 = 1 MPa V2 = 2V1, i.e., T = T
1 2
T1 : 300 K
as 1–2 : constant pressure V2 = 2V1,

P1V1 P2 V2 V1 2V1
= i.e. = T
T1 T2 300 2

T2 = 600 K
V1 V2
i.e. T1 = T2 For 1 mole R = universal gas constant
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
5 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
4. (a)
C2 = 2  h1  h 2 
Applying steady flow energy equation with inlet
and exit states as 1, 2 with no heat and work
Exit velocity, C2 = 2C p  T1  T2 
interaction and no change in potential energy.

C12 C2 or C2 = 2  1.005  103  900  300 

h1 + = h2  2
2 2
Exit velocity = 1098.2 m/s
Given that, C1 = 0 negligible velocity

4. (b)

Reversible process Irreversible process

1. Reversible process cannot be realized in All practical processes occurring are irreversible
practice processes
2. The process can be carried out in the Process, when carried out in reverse direction
reverse direction following the same path follows the path different from that in forward
as followed in forward direction. direction.
3. A reversible process leaves no trace of The evidences of process having occurred are
occurrence of process upon the system and evident even after reversal of irreversible process.
surrounding after its reversal.
4. Such processes can occur in either Occurrence of irreversible processes in either
directions without violating second law of direction is not possible, as in one direction it shall
thermodynamics. be accompanied with the violation of second law of
thermodynamics.
5. A system undergoing reversible processes System having irreversible processes do not have
has maximum efficiency. So the system maximum efficiency as it is accompanied by the
with reversible process are considered as wastage of energy.
reference systems or bench marks.
6. Reversible process occurs at infinitesimal Irreversible processes occur at finite rate.
rate i.e. quasi-static-process.
7. System remains throughout in System does not remain in thermodynamic
thermodynamic equilibrium during equilibrium during occurrence of irreversible
occurrence of such process. processes.
8. Examples; Examples;
Frictionless motion, controlled expansion Viscous fluid flow, inelastic deformation and
and compression, Elastic deformations, hysteresis effect, Free expansion, Electric circuit
Electric circuit with no resistance, with resistance, Mixing of dissimilar gases,
Electrolysis, Polarization and Throttling process etc.
magnetization process etc.

4. (c) Amount of gas = 1 mole V1 V2

P 1 = 1 MPa V2 = 2V1, i.e., T = T
1 2
T1 : 300 K
as 1–2 : constant pressure V2 = 2V1,

P1V1 P2 V2 V1 2V1
= i.e. = T
T1 T2 300 2

T2 = 600 K
V1 V2
i.e. T1 = T2 For 1 mole R = universal gas constant
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
5 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
4. (a)
C2 = 2  h1  h 2 
Applying steady flow energy equation with inlet
and exit states as 1, 2 with no heat and work
Exit velocity, C2 = 2C p  T1  T2 
interaction and no change in potential energy.

C12 C2 or C2 = 2  1.005  103  900  300 

h1 + = h2  2
2 2
Exit velocity = 1098.2 m/s
Given that, C1 = 0 negligible velocity

4. (b)

Reversible process Irreversible process

1. Reversible process cannot be realized in All practical processes occurring are irreversible
practice processes
2. The process can be carried out in the Process, when carried out in reverse direction
reverse direction following the same path follows the path different from that in forward
as followed in forward direction. direction.
3. A reversible process leaves no trace of The evidences of process having occurred are
occurrence of process upon the system and evident even after reversal of irreversible process.
surrounding after its reversal.
4. Such processes can occur in either Occurrence of irreversible processes in either
directions without violating second law of direction is not possible, as in one direction it shall
thermodynamics. be accompanied with the violation of second law of
thermodynamics.
5. A system undergoing reversible processes System having irreversible processes do not have
has maximum efficiency. So the system maximum efficiency as it is accompanied by the
with reversible process are considered as wastage of energy.
reference systems or bench marks.
6. Reversible process occurs at infinitesimal Irreversible processes occur at finite rate.
rate i.e. quasi-static-process.
7. System remains throughout in System does not remain in thermodynamic
thermodynamic equilibrium during equilibrium during occurrence of irreversible
occurrence of such process. processes.
8. Examples; Examples;
Frictionless motion, controlled expansion Viscous fluid flow, inelastic deformation and
and compression, Elastic deformations, hysteresis effect, Free expansion, Electric circuit
Electric circuit with no resistance, with resistance, Mixing of dissimilar gases,
Electrolysis, Polarization and Throttling process etc.
magnetization process etc.

4. (c) Amount of gas = 1 mole V1 V2

P 1 = 1 MPa V2 = 2V1, i.e., T = T
1 2
T1 : 300 K
as 1–2 : constant pressure V2 = 2V1,

P1V1 P2 V2 V1 2V1
= i.e. = T
T1 T2 300 2

T2 = 600 K
V1 V2
i.e. T1 = T2 For 1 mole R = universal gas constant
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
5 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
4. (a)
C2 = 2  h1  h 2 
Applying steady flow energy equation with inlet
and exit states as 1, 2 with no heat and work
Exit velocity, C2 = 2C p  T1  T2 
interaction and no change in potential energy.

C12 C2 or C2 = 2  1.005  103  900  300 

h1 + = h2  2
2 2
Exit velocity = 1098.2 m/s
Given that, C1 = 0 negligible velocity

4. (b)

Reversible process Irreversible process

1. Reversible process cannot be realized in All practical processes occurring are irreversible
practice processes
2. The process can be carried out in the Process, when carried out in reverse direction
reverse direction following the same path follows the path different from that in forward
as followed in forward direction. direction.
3. A reversible process leaves no trace of The evidences of process having occurred are
occurrence of process upon the system and evident even after reversal of irreversible process.
surrounding after its reversal.
4. Such processes can occur in either Occurrence of irreversible processes in either
directions without violating second law of direction is not possible, as in one direction it shall
thermodynamics. be accompanied with the violation of second law of
thermodynamics.
5. A system undergoing reversible processes System having irreversible processes do not have
has maximum efficiency. So the system maximum efficiency as it is accompanied by the
with reversible process are considered as wastage of energy.
reference systems or bench marks.
6. Reversible process occurs at infinitesimal Irreversible processes occur at finite rate.
rate i.e. quasi-static-process.
7. System remains throughout in System does not remain in thermodynamic
thermodynamic equilibrium during equilibrium during occurrence of irreversible
occurrence of such process. processes.
8. Examples; Examples;
Frictionless motion, controlled expansion Viscous fluid flow, inelastic deformation and
and compression, Elastic deformations, hysteresis effect, Free expansion, Electric circuit
Electric circuit with no resistance, with resistance, Mixing of dissimilar gases,
Electrolysis, Polarization and Throttling process etc.
magnetization process etc.

4. (c) Amount of gas = 1 mole V1 V2

P 1 = 1 MPa V2 = 2V1, i.e., T = T
1 2
T1 : 300 K
as 1–2 : constant pressure V2 = 2V1,

P1V1 P2 V2 V1 2V1
= i.e. = T
T1 T2 300 2

T2 = 600 K
V1 V2
i.e. T1 = T2 For 1 mole R = universal gas constant
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
5 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
4. (a)
C2 = 2  h1  h 2 
Applying steady flow energy equation with inlet
and exit states as 1, 2 with no heat and work
Exit velocity, C2 = 2C p  T1  T2 
interaction and no change in potential energy.

C12 C2 or C2 = 2  1.005  103  900  300 

h1 + = h2  2
2 2
Exit velocity = 1098.2 m/s
Given that, C1 = 0 negligible velocity

4. (b)

Reversible process Irreversible process

1. Reversible process cannot be realized in All practical processes occurring are irreversible
practice processes
2. The process can be carried out in the Process, when carried out in reverse direction
reverse direction following the same path follows the path different from that in forward
as followed in forward direction. direction.
3. A reversible process leaves no trace of The evidences of process having occurred are
occurrence of process upon the system and evident even after reversal of irreversible process.
surrounding after its reversal.
4. Such processes can occur in either Occurrence of irreversible processes in either
directions without violating second law of direction is not possible, as in one direction it shall
thermodynamics. be accompanied with the violation of second law of
thermodynamics.
5. A system undergoing reversible processes System having irreversible processes do not have
has maximum efficiency. So the system maximum efficiency as it is accompanied by the
with reversible process are considered as wastage of energy.
reference systems or bench marks.
6. Reversible process occurs at infinitesimal Irreversible processes occur at finite rate.
rate i.e. quasi-static-process.
7. System remains throughout in System does not remain in thermodynamic
thermodynamic equilibrium during equilibrium during occurrence of irreversible
occurrence of such process. processes.
8. Examples; Examples;
Frictionless motion, controlled expansion Viscous fluid flow, inelastic deformation and
and compression, Elastic deformations, hysteresis effect, Free expansion, Electric circuit
Electric circuit with no resistance, with resistance, Mixing of dissimilar gases,
Electrolysis, Polarization and Throttling process etc.
magnetization process etc.

4. (c) Amount of gas = 1 mole V1 V2

P 1 = 1 MPa V2 = 2V1, i.e., T = T
1 2
T1 : 300 K
as 1–2 : constant pressure V2 = 2V1,

P1V1 P2 V2 V1 2V1
= i.e. = T
T1 T2 300 2

T2 = 600 K
V1 V2
i.e. T1 = T2 For 1 mole R = universal gas constant
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
6 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
= 8.3143 kJ/kg - mole–K concrete and steel depending upon the pressure
= 8314.3 J/kg –K to which it is subjected. Out of these a plate
2 steel scroll casing is commonly provided for
Work done =  PdV turbines operating under 30 m or higher heads.
1 From the scroll casing the water passes
= PV2 – PV1 through a speed ring or stay ring. The speed
[since PV = RT] ring consists of an upper and a lower ring held
= R (T2 - T1) together by series of fixed vanes called stay
= 8314.3 (600 - 300) vanes. The number of stay vanes is usually
= 2494 .29 KJ taken as half the number of guide vanes. The
Process 2-3 : Isothermal process speed ring has two functions to perform. It
directs the water from the scroll casing to the
2
guide vanes or wicket gates. Further it resists
W2-3 =  PdV the load imposed upon it by the internal pressure
1
of water and the weight of the turbine and the
V3 electrical generator and transmits the same to
= P2V2 ln V the foundation. The speed ring may be either of
2
cast iron or cast steel or fabricated steel.
2V2 From the speed ring the water passes
= RT2ln V through a series of guide vanes or wicket gates
2
provided all around the periphery of the turbine
= 8314.3 × 600 ln2
runner. The function of guide vanes is to regulate
= 3457.82 kJ
the quantity of water supplied to the runner and
Total Work Done = Work Done1-2 + Work Done2-3
to direct water on the runner at an angle
= 2494.29 + 3457.82
appropriate to the design. The guide vane is
= 5952.11 kJ
provided with two stems, the upper stem passes
Ans  5952.11 kJ
through the head cover and the lower stem seats
5. (a)
in a bottom ring. By a system of levers and links,
Francis Turbine all the guide vanes may be turned about their
Francis turbine which is a mixed flow type of stems, so as to alter the width of the passage
reaction turbine. It is named in honour of James between the adjacent guide vanes, thereby
B. Francis , an American Engineer, who was allowing a varibale quantity of water to strike
the first to develop an inward radial flow type the runner. the guide vanes are operated either
of reaction turbine in 1849. Later on it was by means of a wheel quantity of water to strike
modified and the modern Francis turbine is a the runner. The guide vanes are operated either
mixed flow type, in which water enters the by means of a wheel (for very small units) or
runner radially at its outer periphery and leaves automatically by a governor.
axially at its centre. The main purpose of the various component
The water from the penstock enters a scroll so far described is to lead the water to the
casing (also called spiral casing) which runner with a minimum loss of energy. The
completely surrounds the runner. The purpose runner of a Francis turbine consists of a series
of the casing is to provide and even distribution of a curved vanes (about 16 to 24 in number)
of water around the distributed. In order to keep evenly arranged around the circumference in
the velocity of water constant throughout its path the annular space between two plates. The
around the runner, the cross-sectional area of vanes are so shaped that water enters the
the casing is gradually decreased. The casing runner radially at the outer periphery and leaves
is made of a cast steel, plate steel, concrete or
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
6 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
= 8.3143 kJ/kg - mole–K concrete and steel depending upon the pressure
= 8314.3 J/kg –K to which it is subjected. Out of these a plate
2 steel scroll casing is commonly provided for
Work done =  PdV turbines operating under 30 m or higher heads.
1 From the scroll casing the water passes
= PV2 – PV1 through a speed ring or stay ring. The speed
[since PV = RT] ring consists of an upper and a lower ring held
= R (T2 - T1) together by series of fixed vanes called stay
= 8314.3 (600 - 300) vanes. The number of stay vanes is usually
= 2494 .29 KJ taken as half the number of guide vanes. The
Process 2-3 : Isothermal process speed ring has two functions to perform. It
directs the water from the scroll casing to the
2
guide vanes or wicket gates. Further it resists
W2-3 =  PdV the load imposed upon it by the internal pressure
1
of water and the weight of the turbine and the
V3 electrical generator and transmits the same to
= P2V2 ln V the foundation. The speed ring may be either of
2
cast iron or cast steel or fabricated steel.
2V2 From the speed ring the water passes
= RT2ln V through a series of guide vanes or wicket gates
2
provided all around the periphery of the turbine
= 8314.3 × 600 ln2
runner. The function of guide vanes is to regulate
= 3457.82 kJ
the quantity of water supplied to the runner and
Total Work Done = Work Done1-2 + Work Done2-3
to direct water on the runner at an angle
= 2494.29 + 3457.82
appropriate to the design. The guide vane is
= 5952.11 kJ
provided with two stems, the upper stem passes
Ans  5952.11 kJ
through the head cover and the lower stem seats
5. (a)
in a bottom ring. By a system of levers and links,
Francis Turbine all the guide vanes may be turned about their
Francis turbine which is a mixed flow type of stems, so as to alter the width of the passage
reaction turbine. It is named in honour of James between the adjacent guide vanes, thereby
B. Francis , an American Engineer, who was allowing a varibale quantity of water to strike
the first to develop an inward radial flow type the runner. the guide vanes are operated either
of reaction turbine in 1849. Later on it was by means of a wheel quantity of water to strike
modified and the modern Francis turbine is a the runner. The guide vanes are operated either
mixed flow type, in which water enters the by means of a wheel (for very small units) or
runner radially at its outer periphery and leaves automatically by a governor.
axially at its centre. The main purpose of the various component
The water from the penstock enters a scroll so far described is to lead the water to the
casing (also called spiral casing) which runner with a minimum loss of energy. The
completely surrounds the runner. The purpose runner of a Francis turbine consists of a series
of the casing is to provide and even distribution of a curved vanes (about 16 to 24 in number)
of water around the distributed. In order to keep evenly arranged around the circumference in
the velocity of water constant throughout its path the annular space between two plates. The
around the runner, the cross-sectional area of vanes are so shaped that water enters the
the casing is gradually decreased. The casing runner radially at the outer periphery and leaves
is made of a cast steel, plate steel, concrete or
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
6 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
= 8.3143 kJ/kg - mole–K concrete and steel depending upon the pressure
= 8314.3 J/kg –K to which it is subjected. Out of these a plate
2 steel scroll casing is commonly provided for
Work done =  PdV turbines operating under 30 m or higher heads.
1 From the scroll casing the water passes
= PV2 – PV1 through a speed ring or stay ring. The speed
[since PV = RT] ring consists of an upper and a lower ring held
= R (T2 - T1) together by series of fixed vanes called stay
= 8314.3 (600 - 300) vanes. The number of stay vanes is usually
= 2494 .29 KJ taken as half the number of guide vanes. The
Process 2-3 : Isothermal process speed ring has two functions to perform. It
directs the water from the scroll casing to the
2
guide vanes or wicket gates. Further it resists
W2-3 =  PdV the load imposed upon it by the internal pressure
1
of water and the weight of the turbine and the
V3 electrical generator and transmits the same to
= P2V2 ln V the foundation. The speed ring may be either of
2
cast iron or cast steel or fabricated steel.
2V2 From the speed ring the water passes
= RT2ln V through a series of guide vanes or wicket gates
2
provided all around the periphery of the turbine
= 8314.3 × 600 ln2
runner. The function of guide vanes is to regulate
= 3457.82 kJ
the quantity of water supplied to the runner and
Total Work Done = Work Done1-2 + Work Done2-3
to direct water on the runner at an angle
= 2494.29 + 3457.82
appropriate to the design. The guide vane is
= 5952.11 kJ
provided with two stems, the upper stem passes
Ans  5952.11 kJ
through the head cover and the lower stem seats
5. (a)
in a bottom ring. By a system of levers and links,
Francis Turbine all the guide vanes may be turned about their
Francis turbine which is a mixed flow type of stems, so as to alter the width of the passage
reaction turbine. It is named in honour of James between the adjacent guide vanes, thereby
B. Francis , an American Engineer, who was allowing a varibale quantity of water to strike
the first to develop an inward radial flow type the runner. the guide vanes are operated either
of reaction turbine in 1849. Later on it was by means of a wheel quantity of water to strike
modified and the modern Francis turbine is a the runner. The guide vanes are operated either
mixed flow type, in which water enters the by means of a wheel (for very small units) or
runner radially at its outer periphery and leaves automatically by a governor.
axially at its centre. The main purpose of the various component
The water from the penstock enters a scroll so far described is to lead the water to the
casing (also called spiral casing) which runner with a minimum loss of energy. The
completely surrounds the runner. The purpose runner of a Francis turbine consists of a series
of the casing is to provide and even distribution of a curved vanes (about 16 to 24 in number)
of water around the distributed. In order to keep evenly arranged around the circumference in
the velocity of water constant throughout its path the annular space between two plates. The
around the runner, the cross-sectional area of vanes are so shaped that water enters the
the casing is gradually decreased. The casing runner radially at the outer periphery and leaves
is made of a cast steel, plate steel, concrete or
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
6 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
= 8.3143 kJ/kg - mole–K concrete and steel depending upon the pressure
= 8314.3 J/kg –K to which it is subjected. Out of these a plate
2 steel scroll casing is commonly provided for
Work done =  PdV turbines operating under 30 m or higher heads.
1 From the scroll casing the water passes
= PV2 – PV1 through a speed ring or stay ring. The speed
[since PV = RT] ring consists of an upper and a lower ring held
= R (T2 - T1) together by series of fixed vanes called stay
= 8314.3 (600 - 300) vanes. The number of stay vanes is usually
= 2494 .29 KJ taken as half the number of guide vanes. The
Process 2-3 : Isothermal process speed ring has two functions to perform. It
directs the water from the scroll casing to the
2
guide vanes or wicket gates. Further it resists
W2-3 =  PdV the load imposed upon it by the internal pressure
1
of water and the weight of the turbine and the
V3 electrical generator and transmits the same to
= P2V2 ln V the foundation. The speed ring may be either of
2
cast iron or cast steel or fabricated steel.
2V2 From the speed ring the water passes
= RT2ln V through a series of guide vanes or wicket gates
2
provided all around the periphery of the turbine
= 8314.3 × 600 ln2
runner. The function of guide vanes is to regulate
= 3457.82 kJ
the quantity of water supplied to the runner and
Total Work Done = Work Done1-2 + Work Done2-3
to direct water on the runner at an angle
= 2494.29 + 3457.82
appropriate to the design. The guide vane is
= 5952.11 kJ
provided with two stems, the upper stem passes
Ans  5952.11 kJ
through the head cover and the lower stem seats
5. (a)
in a bottom ring. By a system of levers and links,
Francis Turbine all the guide vanes may be turned about their
Francis turbine which is a mixed flow type of stems, so as to alter the width of the passage
reaction turbine. It is named in honour of James between the adjacent guide vanes, thereby
B. Francis , an American Engineer, who was allowing a varibale quantity of water to strike
the first to develop an inward radial flow type the runner. the guide vanes are operated either
of reaction turbine in 1849. Later on it was by means of a wheel quantity of water to strike
modified and the modern Francis turbine is a the runner. The guide vanes are operated either
mixed flow type, in which water enters the by means of a wheel (for very small units) or
runner radially at its outer periphery and leaves automatically by a governor.
axially at its centre. The main purpose of the various component
The water from the penstock enters a scroll so far described is to lead the water to the
casing (also called spiral casing) which runner with a minimum loss of energy. The
completely surrounds the runner. The purpose runner of a Francis turbine consists of a series
of the casing is to provide and even distribution of a curved vanes (about 16 to 24 in number)
of water around the distributed. In order to keep evenly arranged around the circumference in
the velocity of water constant throughout its path the annular space between two plates. The
around the runner, the cross-sectional area of vanes are so shaped that water enters the
the casing is gradually decreased. The casing runner radially at the outer periphery and leaves
is made of a cast steel, plate steel, concrete or
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
6 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
= 8.3143 kJ/kg - mole–K concrete and steel depending upon the pressure
= 8314.3 J/kg –K to which it is subjected. Out of these a plate
2 steel scroll casing is commonly provided for
Work done =  PdV turbines operating under 30 m or higher heads.
1 From the scroll casing the water passes
= PV2 – PV1 through a speed ring or stay ring. The speed
[since PV = RT] ring consists of an upper and a lower ring held
= R (T2 - T1) together by series of fixed vanes called stay
= 8314.3 (600 - 300) vanes. The number of stay vanes is usually
= 2494 .29 KJ taken as half the number of guide vanes. The
Process 2-3 : Isothermal process speed ring has two functions to perform. It
directs the water from the scroll casing to the
2
guide vanes or wicket gates. Further it resists
W2-3 =  PdV the load imposed upon it by the internal pressure
1
of water and the weight of the turbine and the
V3 electrical generator and transmits the same to
= P2V2 ln V the foundation. The speed ring may be either of
2
cast iron or cast steel or fabricated steel.
2V2 From the speed ring the water passes
= RT2ln V through a series of guide vanes or wicket gates
2
provided all around the periphery of the turbine
= 8314.3 × 600 ln2
runner. The function of guide vanes is to regulate
= 3457.82 kJ
the quantity of water supplied to the runner and
Total Work Done = Work Done1-2 + Work Done2-3
to direct water on the runner at an angle
= 2494.29 + 3457.82
appropriate to the design. The guide vane is
= 5952.11 kJ
provided with two stems, the upper stem passes
Ans  5952.11 kJ
through the head cover and the lower stem seats
5. (a)
in a bottom ring. By a system of levers and links,
Francis Turbine all the guide vanes may be turned about their
Francis turbine which is a mixed flow type of stems, so as to alter the width of the passage
reaction turbine. It is named in honour of James between the adjacent guide vanes, thereby
B. Francis , an American Engineer, who was allowing a varibale quantity of water to strike
the first to develop an inward radial flow type the runner. the guide vanes are operated either
of reaction turbine in 1849. Later on it was by means of a wheel quantity of water to strike
modified and the modern Francis turbine is a the runner. The guide vanes are operated either
mixed flow type, in which water enters the by means of a wheel (for very small units) or
runner radially at its outer periphery and leaves automatically by a governor.
axially at its centre. The main purpose of the various component
The water from the penstock enters a scroll so far described is to lead the water to the
casing (also called spiral casing) which runner with a minimum loss of energy. The
completely surrounds the runner. The purpose runner of a Francis turbine consists of a series
of the casing is to provide and even distribution of a curved vanes (about 16 to 24 in number)
of water around the distributed. In order to keep evenly arranged around the circumference in
the velocity of water constant throughout its path the annular space between two plates. The
around the runner, the cross-sectional area of vanes are so shaped that water enters the
the casing is gradually decreased. The casing runner radially at the outer periphery and leaves
is made of a cast steel, plate steel, concrete or
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
6 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
= 8.3143 kJ/kg - mole–K concrete and steel depending upon the pressure
= 8314.3 J/kg –K to which it is subjected. Out of these a plate
2 steel scroll casing is commonly provided for
Work done =  PdV turbines operating under 30 m or higher heads.
1 From the scroll casing the water passes
= PV2 – PV1 through a speed ring or stay ring. The speed
[since PV = RT] ring consists of an upper and a lower ring held
= R (T2 - T1) together by series of fixed vanes called stay
= 8314.3 (600 - 300) vanes. The number of stay vanes is usually
= 2494 .29 KJ taken as half the number of guide vanes. The
Process 2-3 : Isothermal process speed ring has two functions to perform. It
directs the water from the scroll casing to the
2
guide vanes or wicket gates. Further it resists
W2-3 =  PdV the load imposed upon it by the internal pressure
1
of water and the weight of the turbine and the
V3 electrical generator and transmits the same to
= P2V2 ln V the foundation. The speed ring may be either of
2
cast iron or cast steel or fabricated steel.
2V2 From the speed ring the water passes
= RT2ln V through a series of guide vanes or wicket gates
2
provided all around the periphery of the turbine
= 8314.3 × 600 ln2
runner. The function of guide vanes is to regulate
= 3457.82 kJ
the quantity of water supplied to the runner and
Total Work Done = Work Done1-2 + Work Done2-3
to direct water on the runner at an angle
= 2494.29 + 3457.82
appropriate to the design. The guide vane is
= 5952.11 kJ
provided with two stems, the upper stem passes
Ans  5952.11 kJ
through the head cover and the lower stem seats
5. (a)
in a bottom ring. By a system of levers and links,
Francis Turbine all the guide vanes may be turned about their
Francis turbine which is a mixed flow type of stems, so as to alter the width of the passage
reaction turbine. It is named in honour of James between the adjacent guide vanes, thereby
B. Francis , an American Engineer, who was allowing a varibale quantity of water to strike
the first to develop an inward radial flow type the runner. the guide vanes are operated either
of reaction turbine in 1849. Later on it was by means of a wheel quantity of water to strike
modified and the modern Francis turbine is a the runner. The guide vanes are operated either
mixed flow type, in which water enters the by means of a wheel (for very small units) or
runner radially at its outer periphery and leaves automatically by a governor.
axially at its centre. The main purpose of the various component
The water from the penstock enters a scroll so far described is to lead the water to the
casing (also called spiral casing) which runner with a minimum loss of energy. The
completely surrounds the runner. The purpose runner of a Francis turbine consists of a series
of the casing is to provide and even distribution of a curved vanes (about 16 to 24 in number)
of water around the distributed. In order to keep evenly arranged around the circumference in
the velocity of water constant throughout its path the annular space between two plates. The
around the runner, the cross-sectional area of vanes are so shaped that water enters the
the casing is gradually decreased. The casing runner radially at the outer periphery and leaves
is made of a cast steel, plate steel, concrete or
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
6 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
= 8.3143 kJ/kg - mole–K concrete and steel depending upon the pressure
= 8314.3 J/kg –K to which it is subjected. Out of these a plate
2 steel scroll casing is commonly provided for
Work done =  PdV turbines operating under 30 m or higher heads.
1 From the scroll casing the water passes
= PV2 – PV1 through a speed ring or stay ring. The speed
[since PV = RT] ring consists of an upper and a lower ring held
= R (T2 - T1) together by series of fixed vanes called stay
= 8314.3 (600 - 300) vanes. The number of stay vanes is usually
= 2494 .29 KJ taken as half the number of guide vanes. The
Process 2-3 : Isothermal process speed ring has two functions to perform. It
directs the water from the scroll casing to the
2
guide vanes or wicket gates. Further it resists
W2-3 =  PdV the load imposed upon it by the internal pressure
1
of water and the weight of the turbine and the
V3 electrical generator and transmits the same to
= P2V2 ln V the foundation. The speed ring may be either of
2
cast iron or cast steel or fabricated steel.
2V2 From the speed ring the water passes
= RT2ln V through a series of guide vanes or wicket gates
2
provided all around the periphery of the turbine
= 8314.3 × 600 ln2
runner. The function of guide vanes is to regulate
= 3457.82 kJ
the quantity of water supplied to the runner and
Total Work Done = Work Done1-2 + Work Done2-3
to direct water on the runner at an angle
= 2494.29 + 3457.82
appropriate to the design. The guide vane is
= 5952.11 kJ
provided with two stems, the upper stem passes
Ans  5952.11 kJ
through the head cover and the lower stem seats
5. (a)
in a bottom ring. By a system of levers and links,
Francis Turbine all the guide vanes may be turned about their
Francis turbine which is a mixed flow type of stems, so as to alter the width of the passage
reaction turbine. It is named in honour of James between the adjacent guide vanes, thereby
B. Francis , an American Engineer, who was allowing a varibale quantity of water to strike
the first to develop an inward radial flow type the runner. the guide vanes are operated either
of reaction turbine in 1849. Later on it was by means of a wheel quantity of water to strike
modified and the modern Francis turbine is a the runner. The guide vanes are operated either
mixed flow type, in which water enters the by means of a wheel (for very small units) or
runner radially at its outer periphery and leaves automatically by a governor.
axially at its centre. The main purpose of the various component
The water from the penstock enters a scroll so far described is to lead the water to the
casing (also called spiral casing) which runner with a minimum loss of energy. The
completely surrounds the runner. The purpose runner of a Francis turbine consists of a series
of the casing is to provide and even distribution of a curved vanes (about 16 to 24 in number)
of water around the distributed. In order to keep evenly arranged around the circumference in
the velocity of water constant throughout its path the annular space between two plates. The
around the runner, the cross-sectional area of vanes are so shaped that water enters the
the casing is gradually decreased. The casing runner radially at the outer periphery and leaves
is made of a cast steel, plate steel, concrete or
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
6 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
= 8.3143 kJ/kg - mole–K concrete and steel depending upon the pressure
= 8314.3 J/kg –K to which it is subjected. Out of these a plate
2 steel scroll casing is commonly provided for
Work done =  PdV turbines operating under 30 m or higher heads.
1 From the scroll casing the water passes
= PV2 – PV1 through a speed ring or stay ring. The speed
[since PV = RT] ring consists of an upper and a lower ring held
= R (T2 - T1) together by series of fixed vanes called stay
= 8314.3 (600 - 300) vanes. The number of stay vanes is usually
= 2494 .29 KJ taken as half the number of guide vanes. The
Process 2-3 : Isothermal process speed ring has two functions to perform. It
directs the water from the scroll casing to the
2
guide vanes or wicket gates. Further it resists
W2-3 =  PdV the load imposed upon it by the internal pressure
1
of water and the weight of the turbine and the
V3 electrical generator and transmits the same to
= P2V2 ln V the foundation. The speed ring may be either of
2
cast iron or cast steel or fabricated steel.
2V2 From the speed ring the water passes
= RT2ln V through a series of guide vanes or wicket gates
2
provided all around the periphery of the turbine
= 8314.3 × 600 ln2
runner. The function of guide vanes is to regulate
= 3457.82 kJ
the quantity of water supplied to the runner and
Total Work Done = Work Done1-2 + Work Done2-3
to direct water on the runner at an angle
= 2494.29 + 3457.82
appropriate to the design. The guide vane is
= 5952.11 kJ
provided with two stems, the upper stem passes
Ans  5952.11 kJ
through the head cover and the lower stem seats
5. (a)
in a bottom ring. By a system of levers and links,
Francis Turbine all the guide vanes may be turned about their
Francis turbine which is a mixed flow type of stems, so as to alter the width of the passage
reaction turbine. It is named in honour of James between the adjacent guide vanes, thereby
B. Francis , an American Engineer, who was allowing a varibale quantity of water to strike
the first to develop an inward radial flow type the runner. the guide vanes are operated either
of reaction turbine in 1849. Later on it was by means of a wheel quantity of water to strike
modified and the modern Francis turbine is a the runner. The guide vanes are operated either
mixed flow type, in which water enters the by means of a wheel (for very small units) or
runner radially at its outer periphery and leaves automatically by a governor.
axially at its centre. The main purpose of the various component
The water from the penstock enters a scroll so far described is to lead the water to the
casing (also called spiral casing) which runner with a minimum loss of energy. The
completely surrounds the runner. The purpose runner of a Francis turbine consists of a series
of the casing is to provide and even distribution of a curved vanes (about 16 to 24 in number)
of water around the distributed. In order to keep evenly arranged around the circumference in
the velocity of water constant throughout its path the annular space between two plates. The
around the runner, the cross-sectional area of vanes are so shaped that water enters the
the casing is gradually decreased. The casing runner radially at the outer periphery and leaves
is made of a cast steel, plate steel, concrete or
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
6 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
= 8.3143 kJ/kg - mole–K concrete and steel depending upon the pressure
= 8314.3 J/kg –K to which it is subjected. Out of these a plate
2 steel scroll casing is commonly provided for
Work done =  PdV turbines operating under 30 m or higher heads.
1 From the scroll casing the water passes
= PV2 – PV1 through a speed ring or stay ring. The speed
[since PV = RT] ring consists of an upper and a lower ring held
= R (T2 - T1) together by series of fixed vanes called stay
= 8314.3 (600 - 300) vanes. The number of stay vanes is usually
= 2494 .29 KJ taken as half the number of guide vanes. The
Process 2-3 : Isothermal process speed ring has two functions to perform. It
directs the water from the scroll casing to the
2
guide vanes or wicket gates. Further it resists
W2-3 =  PdV the load imposed upon it by the internal pressure
1
of water and the weight of the turbine and the
V3 electrical generator and transmits the same to
= P2V2 ln V the foundation. The speed ring may be either of
2
cast iron or cast steel or fabricated steel.
2V2 From the speed ring the water passes
= RT2ln V through a series of guide vanes or wicket gates
2
provided all around the periphery of the turbine
= 8314.3 × 600 ln2
runner. The function of guide vanes is to regulate
= 3457.82 kJ
the quantity of water supplied to the runner and
Total Work Done = Work Done1-2 + Work Done2-3
to direct water on the runner at an angle
= 2494.29 + 3457.82
appropriate to the design. The guide vane is
= 5952.11 kJ
provided with two stems, the upper stem passes
Ans  5952.11 kJ
through the head cover and the lower stem seats
5. (a)
in a bottom ring. By a system of levers and links,
Francis Turbine all the guide vanes may be turned about their
Francis turbine which is a mixed flow type of stems, so as to alter the width of the passage
reaction turbine. It is named in honour of James between the adjacent guide vanes, thereby
B. Francis , an American Engineer, who was allowing a varibale quantity of water to strike
the first to develop an inward radial flow type the runner. the guide vanes are operated either
of reaction turbine in 1849. Later on it was by means of a wheel quantity of water to strike
modified and the modern Francis turbine is a the runner. The guide vanes are operated either
mixed flow type, in which water enters the by means of a wheel (for very small units) or
runner radially at its outer periphery and leaves automatically by a governor.
axially at its centre. The main purpose of the various component
The water from the penstock enters a scroll so far described is to lead the water to the
casing (also called spiral casing) which runner with a minimum loss of energy. The
completely surrounds the runner. The purpose runner of a Francis turbine consists of a series
of the casing is to provide and even distribution of a curved vanes (about 16 to 24 in number)
of water around the distributed. In order to keep evenly arranged around the circumference in
the velocity of water constant throughout its path the annular space between two plates. The
around the runner, the cross-sectional area of vanes are so shaped that water enters the
the casing is gradually decreased. The casing runner radially at the outer periphery and leaves
is made of a cast steel, plate steel, concrete or
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
6 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
= 8.3143 kJ/kg - mole–K concrete and steel depending upon the pressure
= 8314.3 J/kg –K to which it is subjected. Out of these a plate
2 steel scroll casing is commonly provided for
Work done =  PdV turbines operating under 30 m or higher heads.
1 From the scroll casing the water passes
= PV2 – PV1 through a speed ring or stay ring. The speed
[since PV = RT] ring consists of an upper and a lower ring held
= R (T2 - T1) together by series of fixed vanes called stay
= 8314.3 (600 - 300) vanes. The number of stay vanes is usually
= 2494 .29 KJ taken as half the number of guide vanes. The
Process 2-3 : Isothermal process speed ring has two functions to perform. It
directs the water from the scroll casing to the
2
guide vanes or wicket gates. Further it resists
W2-3 =  PdV the load imposed upon it by the internal pressure
1
of water and the weight of the turbine and the
V3 electrical generator and transmits the same to
= P2V2 ln V the foundation. The speed ring may be either of
2
cast iron or cast steel or fabricated steel.
2V2 From the speed ring the water passes
= RT2ln V through a series of guide vanes or wicket gates
2
provided all around the periphery of the turbine
= 8314.3 × 600 ln2
runner. The function of guide vanes is to regulate
= 3457.82 kJ
the quantity of water supplied to the runner and
Total Work Done = Work Done1-2 + Work Done2-3
to direct water on the runner at an angle
= 2494.29 + 3457.82
appropriate to the design. The guide vane is
= 5952.11 kJ
provided with two stems, the upper stem passes
Ans  5952.11 kJ
through the head cover and the lower stem seats
5. (a)
in a bottom ring. By a system of levers and links,
Francis Turbine all the guide vanes may be turned about their
Francis turbine which is a mixed flow type of stems, so as to alter the width of the passage
reaction turbine. It is named in honour of James between the adjacent guide vanes, thereby
B. Francis , an American Engineer, who was allowing a varibale quantity of water to strike
the first to develop an inward radial flow type the runner. the guide vanes are operated either
of reaction turbine in 1849. Later on it was by means of a wheel quantity of water to strike
modified and the modern Francis turbine is a the runner. The guide vanes are operated either
mixed flow type, in which water enters the by means of a wheel (for very small units) or
runner radially at its outer periphery and leaves automatically by a governor.
axially at its centre. The main purpose of the various component
The water from the penstock enters a scroll so far described is to lead the water to the
casing (also called spiral casing) which runner with a minimum loss of energy. The
completely surrounds the runner. The purpose runner of a Francis turbine consists of a series
of the casing is to provide and even distribution of a curved vanes (about 16 to 24 in number)
of water around the distributed. In order to keep evenly arranged around the circumference in
the velocity of water constant throughout its path the annular space between two plates. The
around the runner, the cross-sectional area of vanes are so shaped that water enters the
the casing is gradually decreased. The casing runner radially at the outer periphery and leaves
is made of a cast steel, plate steel, concrete or
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
6 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
= 8.3143 kJ/kg - mole–K concrete and steel depending upon the pressure
= 8314.3 J/kg –K to which it is subjected. Out of these a plate
2 steel scroll casing is commonly provided for
Work done =  PdV turbines operating under 30 m or higher heads.
1 From the scroll casing the water passes
= PV2 – PV1 through a speed ring or stay ring. The speed
[since PV = RT] ring consists of an upper and a lower ring held
= R (T2 - T1) together by series of fixed vanes called stay
= 8314.3 (600 - 300) vanes. The number of stay vanes is usually
= 2494 .29 KJ taken as half the number of guide vanes. The
Process 2-3 : Isothermal process speed ring has two functions to perform. It
directs the water from the scroll casing to the
2
guide vanes or wicket gates. Further it resists
W2-3 =  PdV the load imposed upon it by the internal pressure
1
of water and the weight of the turbine and the
V3 electrical generator and transmits the same to
= P2V2 ln V the foundation. The speed ring may be either of
2
cast iron or cast steel or fabricated steel.
2V2 From the speed ring the water passes
= RT2ln V through a series of guide vanes or wicket gates
2
provided all around the periphery of the turbine
= 8314.3 × 600 ln2
runner. The function of guide vanes is to regulate
= 3457.82 kJ
the quantity of water supplied to the runner and
Total Work Done = Work Done1-2 + Work Done2-3
to direct water on the runner at an angle
= 2494.29 + 3457.82
appropriate to the design. The guide vane is
= 5952.11 kJ
provided with two stems, the upper stem passes
Ans  5952.11 kJ
through the head cover and the lower stem seats
5. (a)
in a bottom ring. By a system of levers and links,
Francis Turbine all the guide vanes may be turned about their
Francis turbine which is a mixed flow type of stems, so as to alter the width of the passage
reaction turbine. It is named in honour of James between the adjacent guide vanes, thereby
B. Francis , an American Engineer, who was allowing a varibale quantity of water to strike
the first to develop an inward radial flow type the runner. the guide vanes are operated either
of reaction turbine in 1849. Later on it was by means of a wheel quantity of water to strike
modified and the modern Francis turbine is a the runner. The guide vanes are operated either
mixed flow type, in which water enters the by means of a wheel (for very small units) or
runner radially at its outer periphery and leaves automatically by a governor.
axially at its centre. The main purpose of the various component
The water from the penstock enters a scroll so far described is to lead the water to the
casing (also called spiral casing) which runner with a minimum loss of energy. The
completely surrounds the runner. The purpose runner of a Francis turbine consists of a series
of the casing is to provide and even distribution of a curved vanes (about 16 to 24 in number)
of water around the distributed. In order to keep evenly arranged around the circumference in
the velocity of water constant throughout its path the annular space between two plates. The
around the runner, the cross-sectional area of vanes are so shaped that water enters the
the casing is gradually decreased. The casing runner radially at the outer periphery and leaves
is made of a cast steel, plate steel, concrete or
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
7 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
it axially at the inner periphery. The change in 5. (b)
the direction of flow of water, from radial to CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
axial, as it passes through the runner, produces CENTRIFUGAL PUMP
a circumferential force on the runner which, A pump is usually designed for one speed,
from radial to axial, as it passes through the flow rate and head, but in actual practice the
runner, produces a circumferential force on the operation may be at some other condition of
runner which makes the runner to rotate and head or flow rate, and for the changed
thus contributes to the useful output of the conditions the behaviour of the pump may be
runner. The runners are usually made up of cast quite different. As indicated earlier, if the flow
iron, cast steel, mild steel or stainless steel. Often through the pump is less than the designed
instead of making the complete runner of quantity, the value of the velocity of flow of
stainless steel, only those portions of the runner liquid through the impeller will be changed, and
blades, which may be subjected to cavitation as a result, the values of Vw and Vw1 will be
erosion, are made of stainless steel. This altered, thereby changing the head developed
reduces the cost of the runner and at the same by the pump, and at the same time the losses
time ensures the operation of the runner with a will increase so that the efficiency of the pump
minimum amount of maintenance. The runner will be lowered. Therefore, in order to predict
is keyed to a shaft which is usually of forged the behaviour and performance of a pump
steel. The torque produced by the runner is under varying conditions, tests are performed,
transmitted to the generator through the shaft and the results of the tests are plotted. The
which is usually connected to the generator shaft curves thus obtained are known as the
by a bolted flange connection. characteristic curves of the pump. The
following three types of characteristic curves
are usually prepared fot the centrifugal pumps:
From
penstock (a) Main and operating characteristics.
Speed ring (b) Constant efficiency.
or
Stay ring (c) Constant head and constant discharge
Stay vane
curves.
Guide (1) Main and Operating Characteristics :
vane
In order to obtain the main characteristic
curves of a pump it is operated at different
speeds. For each speed the rate of flow Q is
varied by means of a delivery valve and for
Scroll
casing the different values of Q the corresponding
Figure : Sectional arrangement of Francis turbine
values of manometric head Hm , shaft power
P, and overall efficiency 0, are measured or
calculated. The same operation is repeated for
The water after passing though the runner different speeds of the pump. Then H m/s Q; P
flows to the tail race through a draft tube. A v/s Q and η0 ν/s Q curves for different speeds
draft tube is a pipe or passage of gradually are plotted, so that three sets of curves are
increasing crosssectional area which connects obtained, which represent the main
the runner exit to the tail race. It may be made
characeteristics of a pump. The main
of cast or plate steel or concrete. It must be
characteristics are useful in indicating the
airtight and under all conditions of operation its
performance of a pump at different speeds.
lower end must be submerged below the level
of water in the tail race.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
7 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
it axially at the inner periphery. The change in 5. (b)
the direction of flow of water, from radial to CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
axial, as it passes through the runner, produces CENTRIFUGAL PUMP
a circumferential force on the runner which, A pump is usually designed for one speed,
from radial to axial, as it passes through the flow rate and head, but in actual practice the
runner, produces a circumferential force on the operation may be at some other condition of
runner which makes the runner to rotate and head or flow rate, and for the changed
thus contributes to the useful output of the conditions the behaviour of the pump may be
runner. The runners are usually made up of cast quite different. As indicated earlier, if the flow
iron, cast steel, mild steel or stainless steel. Often through the pump is less than the designed
instead of making the complete runner of quantity, the value of the velocity of flow of
stainless steel, only those portions of the runner liquid through the impeller will be changed, and
blades, which may be subjected to cavitation as a result, the values of Vw and Vw1 will be
erosion, are made of stainless steel. This altered, thereby changing the head developed
reduces the cost of the runner and at the same by the pump, and at the same time the losses
time ensures the operation of the runner with a will increase so that the efficiency of the pump
minimum amount of maintenance. The runner will be lowered. Therefore, in order to predict
is keyed to a shaft which is usually of forged the behaviour and performance of a pump
steel. The torque produced by the runner is under varying conditions, tests are performed,
transmitted to the generator through the shaft and the results of the tests are plotted. The
which is usually connected to the generator shaft curves thus obtained are known as the
by a bolted flange connection. characteristic curves of the pump. The
following three types of characteristic curves
are usually prepared fot the centrifugal pumps:
From
penstock (a) Main and operating characteristics.
Speed ring (b) Constant efficiency.
or
Stay ring (c) Constant head and constant discharge
Stay vane
curves.
Guide (1) Main and Operating Characteristics :
vane
In order to obtain the main characteristic
curves of a pump it is operated at different
speeds. For each speed the rate of flow Q is
varied by means of a delivery valve and for
Scroll
casing the different values of Q the corresponding
Figure : Sectional arrangement of Francis turbine
values of manometric head Hm , shaft power
P, and overall efficiency 0, are measured or
calculated. The same operation is repeated for
The water after passing though the runner different speeds of the pump. Then H m/s Q; P
flows to the tail race through a draft tube. A v/s Q and η0 ν/s Q curves for different speeds
draft tube is a pipe or passage of gradually are plotted, so that three sets of curves are
increasing crosssectional area which connects obtained, which represent the main
the runner exit to the tail race. It may be made
characeteristics of a pump. The main
of cast or plate steel or concrete. It must be
characteristics are useful in indicating the
airtight and under all conditions of operation its
performance of a pump at different speeds.
lower end must be submerged below the level
of water in the tail race.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
7 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
it axially at the inner periphery. The change in 5. (b)
the direction of flow of water, from radial to CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
axial, as it passes through the runner, produces CENTRIFUGAL PUMP
a circumferential force on the runner which, A pump is usually designed for one speed,
from radial to axial, as it passes through the flow rate and head, but in actual practice the
runner, produces a circumferential force on the operation may be at some other condition of
runner which makes the runner to rotate and head or flow rate, and for the changed
thus contributes to the useful output of the conditions the behaviour of the pump may be
runner. The runners are usually made up of cast quite different. As indicated earlier, if the flow
iron, cast steel, mild steel or stainless steel. Often through the pump is less than the designed
instead of making the complete runner of quantity, the value of the velocity of flow of
stainless steel, only those portions of the runner liquid through the impeller will be changed, and
blades, which may be subjected to cavitation as a result, the values of Vw and Vw1 will be
erosion, are made of stainless steel. This altered, thereby changing the head developed
reduces the cost of the runner and at the same by the pump, and at the same time the losses
time ensures the operation of the runner with a will increase so that the efficiency of the pump
minimum amount of maintenance. The runner will be lowered. Therefore, in order to predict
is keyed to a shaft which is usually of forged the behaviour and performance of a pump
steel. The torque produced by the runner is under varying conditions, tests are performed,
transmitted to the generator through the shaft and the results of the tests are plotted. The
which is usually connected to the generator shaft curves thus obtained are known as the
by a bolted flange connection. characteristic curves of the pump. The
following three types of characteristic curves
are usually prepared fot the centrifugal pumps:
From
penstock (a) Main and operating characteristics.
Speed ring (b) Constant efficiency.
or
Stay ring (c) Constant head and constant discharge
Stay vane
curves.
Guide (1) Main and Operating Characteristics :
vane
In order to obtain the main characteristic
curves of a pump it is operated at different
speeds. For each speed the rate of flow Q is
varied by means of a delivery valve and for
Scroll
casing the different values of Q the corresponding
Figure : Sectional arrangement of Francis turbine
values of manometric head Hm , shaft power
P, and overall efficiency 0, are measured or
calculated. The same operation is repeated for
The water after passing though the runner different speeds of the pump. Then H m/s Q; P
flows to the tail race through a draft tube. A v/s Q and η0 ν/s Q curves for different speeds
draft tube is a pipe or passage of gradually are plotted, so that three sets of curves are
increasing crosssectional area which connects obtained, which represent the main
the runner exit to the tail race. It may be made
characeteristics of a pump. The main
of cast or plate steel or concrete. It must be
characteristics are useful in indicating the
airtight and under all conditions of operation its
performance of a pump at different speeds.
lower end must be submerged below the level
of water in the tail race.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
7 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
it axially at the inner periphery. The change in 5. (b)
the direction of flow of water, from radial to CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
axial, as it passes through the runner, produces CENTRIFUGAL PUMP
a circumferential force on the runner which, A pump is usually designed for one speed,
from radial to axial, as it passes through the flow rate and head, but in actual practice the
runner, produces a circumferential force on the operation may be at some other condition of
runner which makes the runner to rotate and head or flow rate, and for the changed
thus contributes to the useful output of the conditions the behaviour of the pump may be
runner. The runners are usually made up of cast quite different. As indicated earlier, if the flow
iron, cast steel, mild steel or stainless steel. Often through the pump is less than the designed
instead of making the complete runner of quantity, the value of the velocity of flow of
stainless steel, only those portions of the runner liquid through the impeller will be changed, and
blades, which may be subjected to cavitation as a result, the values of Vw and Vw1 will be
erosion, are made of stainless steel. This altered, thereby changing the head developed
reduces the cost of the runner and at the same by the pump, and at the same time the losses
time ensures the operation of the runner with a will increase so that the efficiency of the pump
minimum amount of maintenance. The runner will be lowered. Therefore, in order to predict
is keyed to a shaft which is usually of forged the behaviour and performance of a pump
steel. The torque produced by the runner is under varying conditions, tests are performed,
transmitted to the generator through the shaft and the results of the tests are plotted. The
which is usually connected to the generator shaft curves thus obtained are known as the
by a bolted flange connection. characteristic curves of the pump. The
following three types of characteristic curves
are usually prepared fot the centrifugal pumps:
From
penstock (a) Main and operating characteristics.
Speed ring (b) Constant efficiency.
or
Stay ring (c) Constant head and constant discharge
Stay vane
curves.
Guide (1) Main and Operating Characteristics :
vane
In order to obtain the main characteristic
curves of a pump it is operated at different
speeds. For each speed the rate of flow Q is
varied by means of a delivery valve and for
Scroll
casing the different values of Q the corresponding
Figure : Sectional arrangement of Francis turbine
values of manometric head Hm , shaft power
P, and overall efficiency 0, are measured or
calculated. The same operation is repeated for
The water after passing though the runner different speeds of the pump. Then H m/s Q; P
flows to the tail race through a draft tube. A v/s Q and η0 ν/s Q curves for different speeds
draft tube is a pipe or passage of gradually are plotted, so that three sets of curves are
increasing crosssectional area which connects obtained, which represent the main
the runner exit to the tail race. It may be made
characeteristics of a pump. The main
of cast or plate steel or concrete. It must be
characteristics are useful in indicating the
airtight and under all conditions of operation its
performance of a pump at different speeds.
lower end must be submerged below the level
of water in the tail race.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
7 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
it axially at the inner periphery. The change in 5. (b)
the direction of flow of water, from radial to CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
axial, as it passes through the runner, produces CENTRIFUGAL PUMP
a circumferential force on the runner which, A pump is usually designed for one speed,
from radial to axial, as it passes through the flow rate and head, but in actual practice the
runner, produces a circumferential force on the operation may be at some other condition of
runner which makes the runner to rotate and head or flow rate, and for the changed
thus contributes to the useful output of the conditions the behaviour of the pump may be
runner. The runners are usually made up of cast quite different. As indicated earlier, if the flow
iron, cast steel, mild steel or stainless steel. Often through the pump is less than the designed
instead of making the complete runner of quantity, the value of the velocity of flow of
stainless steel, only those portions of the runner liquid through the impeller will be changed, and
blades, which may be subjected to cavitation as a result, the values of Vw and Vw1 will be
erosion, are made of stainless steel. This altered, thereby changing the head developed
reduces the cost of the runner and at the same by the pump, and at the same time the losses
time ensures the operation of the runner with a will increase so that the efficiency of the pump
minimum amount of maintenance. The runner will be lowered. Therefore, in order to predict
is keyed to a shaft which is usually of forged the behaviour and performance of a pump
steel. The torque produced by the runner is under varying conditions, tests are performed,
transmitted to the generator through the shaft and the results of the tests are plotted. The
which is usually connected to the generator shaft curves thus obtained are known as the
by a bolted flange connection. characteristic curves of the pump. The
following three types of characteristic curves
are usually prepared fot the centrifugal pumps:
From
penstock (a) Main and operating characteristics.
Speed ring (b) Constant efficiency.
or
Stay ring (c) Constant head and constant discharge
Stay vane
curves.
Guide (1) Main and Operating Characteristics :
vane
In order to obtain the main characteristic
curves of a pump it is operated at different
speeds. For each speed the rate of flow Q is
varied by means of a delivery valve and for
Scroll
casing the different values of Q the corresponding
Figure : Sectional arrangement of Francis turbine
values of manometric head Hm , shaft power
P, and overall efficiency 0, are measured or
calculated. The same operation is repeated for
The water after passing though the runner different speeds of the pump. Then H m/s Q; P
flows to the tail race through a draft tube. A v/s Q and η0 ν/s Q curves for different speeds
draft tube is a pipe or passage of gradually are plotted, so that three sets of curves are
increasing crosssectional area which connects obtained, which represent the main
the runner exit to the tail race. It may be made
characeteristics of a pump. The main
of cast or plate steel or concrete. It must be
characteristics are useful in indicating the
airtight and under all conditions of operation its
performance of a pump at different speeds.
lower end must be submerged below the level
of water in the tail race.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
7 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
it axially at the inner periphery. The change in 5. (b)
the direction of flow of water, from radial to CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
axial, as it passes through the runner, produces CENTRIFUGAL PUMP
a circumferential force on the runner which, A pump is usually designed for one speed,
from radial to axial, as it passes through the flow rate and head, but in actual practice the
runner, produces a circumferential force on the operation may be at some other condition of
runner which makes the runner to rotate and head or flow rate, and for the changed
thus contributes to the useful output of the conditions the behaviour of the pump may be
runner. The runners are usually made up of cast quite different. As indicated earlier, if the flow
iron, cast steel, mild steel or stainless steel. Often through the pump is less than the designed
instead of making the complete runner of quantity, the value of the velocity of flow of
stainless steel, only those portions of the runner liquid through the impeller will be changed, and
blades, which may be subjected to cavitation as a result, the values of Vw and Vw1 will be
erosion, are made of stainless steel. This altered, thereby changing the head developed
reduces the cost of the runner and at the same by the pump, and at the same time the losses
time ensures the operation of the runner with a will increase so that the efficiency of the pump
minimum amount of maintenance. The runner will be lowered. Therefore, in order to predict
is keyed to a shaft which is usually of forged the behaviour and performance of a pump
steel. The torque produced by the runner is under varying conditions, tests are performed,
transmitted to the generator through the shaft and the results of the tests are plotted. The
which is usually connected to the generator shaft curves thus obtained are known as the
by a bolted flange connection. characteristic curves of the pump. The
following three types of characteristic curves
are usually prepared fot the centrifugal pumps:
From
penstock (a) Main and operating characteristics.
Speed ring (b) Constant efficiency.
or
Stay ring (c) Constant head and constant discharge
Stay vane
curves.
Guide (1) Main and Operating Characteristics :
vane
In order to obtain the main characteristic
curves of a pump it is operated at different
speeds. For each speed the rate of flow Q is
varied by means of a delivery valve and for
Scroll
casing the different values of Q the corresponding
Figure : Sectional arrangement of Francis turbine
values of manometric head Hm , shaft power
P, and overall efficiency 0, are measured or
calculated. The same operation is repeated for
The water after passing though the runner different speeds of the pump. Then H m/s Q; P
flows to the tail race through a draft tube. A v/s Q and η0 ν/s Q curves for different speeds
draft tube is a pipe or passage of gradually are plotted, so that three sets of curves are
increasing crosssectional area which connects obtained, which represent the main
the runner exit to the tail race. It may be made
characeteristics of a pump. The main
of cast or plate steel or concrete. It must be
characteristics are useful in indicating the
airtight and under all conditions of operation its
performance of a pump at different speeds.
lower end must be submerged below the level
of water in the tail race.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
7 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
it axially at the inner periphery. The change in 5. (b)
the direction of flow of water, from radial to CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
axial, as it passes through the runner, produces CENTRIFUGAL PUMP
a circumferential force on the runner which, A pump is usually designed for one speed,
from radial to axial, as it passes through the flow rate and head, but in actual practice the
runner, produces a circumferential force on the operation may be at some other condition of
runner which makes the runner to rotate and head or flow rate, and for the changed
thus contributes to the useful output of the conditions the behaviour of the pump may be
runner. The runners are usually made up of cast quite different. As indicated earlier, if the flow
iron, cast steel, mild steel or stainless steel. Often through the pump is less than the designed
instead of making the complete runner of quantity, the value of the velocity of flow of
stainless steel, only those portions of the runner liquid through the impeller will be changed, and
blades, which may be subjected to cavitation as a result, the values of Vw and Vw1 will be
erosion, are made of stainless steel. This altered, thereby changing the head developed
reduces the cost of the runner and at the same by the pump, and at the same time the losses
time ensures the operation of the runner with a will increase so that the efficiency of the pump
minimum amount of maintenance. The runner will be lowered. Therefore, in order to predict
is keyed to a shaft which is usually of forged the behaviour and performance of a pump
steel. The torque produced by the runner is under varying conditions, tests are performed,
transmitted to the generator through the shaft and the results of the tests are plotted. The
which is usually connected to the generator shaft curves thus obtained are known as the
by a bolted flange connection. characteristic curves of the pump. The
following three types of characteristic curves
are usually prepared fot the centrifugal pumps:
From
penstock (a) Main and operating characteristics.
Speed ring (b) Constant efficiency.
or
Stay ring (c) Constant head and constant discharge
Stay vane
curves.
Guide (1) Main and Operating Characteristics :
vane
In order to obtain the main characteristic
curves of a pump it is operated at different
speeds. For each speed the rate of flow Q is
varied by means of a delivery valve and for
Scroll
casing the different values of Q the corresponding
Figure : Sectional arrangement of Francis turbine
values of manometric head Hm , shaft power
P, and overall efficiency 0, are measured or
calculated. The same operation is repeated for
The water after passing though the runner different speeds of the pump. Then H m/s Q; P
flows to the tail race through a draft tube. A v/s Q and η0 ν/s Q curves for different speeds
draft tube is a pipe or passage of gradually are plotted, so that three sets of curves are
increasing crosssectional area which connects obtained, which represent the main
the runner exit to the tail race. It may be made
characeteristics of a pump. The main
of cast or plate steel or concrete. It must be
characteristics are useful in indicating the
airtight and under all conditions of operation its
performance of a pump at different speeds.
lower end must be submerged below the level
of water in the tail race.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
7 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
it axially at the inner periphery. The change in 5. (b)
the direction of flow of water, from radial to CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
axial, as it passes through the runner, produces CENTRIFUGAL PUMP
a circumferential force on the runner which, A pump is usually designed for one speed,
from radial to axial, as it passes through the flow rate and head, but in actual practice the
runner, produces a circumferential force on the operation may be at some other condition of
runner which makes the runner to rotate and head or flow rate, and for the changed
thus contributes to the useful output of the conditions the behaviour of the pump may be
runner. The runners are usually made up of cast quite different. As indicated earlier, if the flow
iron, cast steel, mild steel or stainless steel. Often through the pump is less than the designed
instead of making the complete runner of quantity, the value of the velocity of flow of
stainless steel, only those portions of the runner liquid through the impeller will be changed, and
blades, which may be subjected to cavitation as a result, the values of Vw and Vw1 will be
erosion, are made of stainless steel. This altered, thereby changing the head developed
reduces the cost of the runner and at the same by the pump, and at the same time the losses
time ensures the operation of the runner with a will increase so that the efficiency of the pump
minimum amount of maintenance. The runner will be lowered. Therefore, in order to predict
is keyed to a shaft which is usually of forged the behaviour and performance of a pump
steel. The torque produced by the runner is under varying conditions, tests are performed,
transmitted to the generator through the shaft and the results of the tests are plotted. The
which is usually connected to the generator shaft curves thus obtained are known as the
by a bolted flange connection. characteristic curves of the pump. The
following three types of characteristic curves
are usually prepared fot the centrifugal pumps:
From
penstock (a) Main and operating characteristics.
Speed ring (b) Constant efficiency.
or
Stay ring (c) Constant head and constant discharge
Stay vane
curves.
Guide (1) Main and Operating Characteristics :
vane
In order to obtain the main characteristic
curves of a pump it is operated at different
speeds. For each speed the rate of flow Q is
varied by means of a delivery valve and for
Scroll
casing the different values of Q the corresponding
Figure : Sectional arrangement of Francis turbine
values of manometric head Hm , shaft power
P, and overall efficiency 0, are measured or
calculated. The same operation is repeated for
The water after passing though the runner different speeds of the pump. Then H m/s Q; P
flows to the tail race through a draft tube. A v/s Q and η0 ν/s Q curves for different speeds
draft tube is a pipe or passage of gradually are plotted, so that three sets of curves are
increasing crosssectional area which connects obtained, which represent the main
the runner exit to the tail race. It may be made
characeteristics of a pump. The main
of cast or plate steel or concrete. It must be
characteristics are useful in indicating the
airtight and under all conditions of operation its
performance of a pump at different speeds.
lower end must be submerged below the level
of water in the tail race.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
7 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
it axially at the inner periphery. The change in 5. (b)
the direction of flow of water, from radial to CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
axial, as it passes through the runner, produces CENTRIFUGAL PUMP
a circumferential force on the runner which, A pump is usually designed for one speed,
from radial to axial, as it passes through the flow rate and head, but in actual practice the
runner, produces a circumferential force on the operation may be at some other condition of
runner which makes the runner to rotate and head or flow rate, and for the changed
thus contributes to the useful output of the conditions the behaviour of the pump may be
runner. The runners are usually made up of cast quite different. As indicated earlier, if the flow
iron, cast steel, mild steel or stainless steel. Often through the pump is less than the designed
instead of making the complete runner of quantity, the value of the velocity of flow of
stainless steel, only those portions of the runner liquid through the impeller will be changed, and
blades, which may be subjected to cavitation as a result, the values of Vw and Vw1 will be
erosion, are made of stainless steel. This altered, thereby changing the head developed
reduces the cost of the runner and at the same by the pump, and at the same time the losses
time ensures the operation of the runner with a will increase so that the efficiency of the pump
minimum amount of maintenance. The runner will be lowered. Therefore, in order to predict
is keyed to a shaft which is usually of forged the behaviour and performance of a pump
steel. The torque produced by the runner is under varying conditions, tests are performed,
transmitted to the generator through the shaft and the results of the tests are plotted. The
which is usually connected to the generator shaft curves thus obtained are known as the
by a bolted flange connection. characteristic curves of the pump. The
following three types of characteristic curves
are usually prepared fot the centrifugal pumps:
From
penstock (a) Main and operating characteristics.
Speed ring (b) Constant efficiency.
or
Stay ring (c) Constant head and constant discharge
Stay vane
curves.
Guide (1) Main and Operating Characteristics :
vane
In order to obtain the main characteristic
curves of a pump it is operated at different
speeds. For each speed the rate of flow Q is
varied by means of a delivery valve and for
Scroll
casing the different values of Q the corresponding
Figure : Sectional arrangement of Francis turbine
values of manometric head Hm , shaft power
P, and overall efficiency 0, are measured or
calculated. The same operation is repeated for
The water after passing though the runner different speeds of the pump. Then H m/s Q; P
flows to the tail race through a draft tube. A v/s Q and η0 ν/s Q curves for different speeds
draft tube is a pipe or passage of gradually are plotted, so that three sets of curves are
increasing crosssectional area which connects obtained, which represent the main
the runner exit to the tail race. It may be made
characeteristics of a pump. The main
of cast or plate steel or concrete. It must be
characteristics are useful in indicating the
airtight and under all conditions of operation its
performance of a pump at different speeds.
lower end must be submerged below the level
of water in the tail race.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
7 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
it axially at the inner periphery. The change in 5. (b)
the direction of flow of water, from radial to CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
axial, as it passes through the runner, produces CENTRIFUGAL PUMP
a circumferential force on the runner which, A pump is usually designed for one speed,
from radial to axial, as it passes through the flow rate and head, but in actual practice the
runner, produces a circumferential force on the operation may be at some other condition of
runner which makes the runner to rotate and head or flow rate, and for the changed
thus contributes to the useful output of the conditions the behaviour of the pump may be
runner. The runners are usually made up of cast quite different. As indicated earlier, if the flow
iron, cast steel, mild steel or stainless steel. Often through the pump is less than the designed
instead of making the complete runner of quantity, the value of the velocity of flow of
stainless steel, only those portions of the runner liquid through the impeller will be changed, and
blades, which may be subjected to cavitation as a result, the values of Vw and Vw1 will be
erosion, are made of stainless steel. This altered, thereby changing the head developed
reduces the cost of the runner and at the same by the pump, and at the same time the losses
time ensures the operation of the runner with a will increase so that the efficiency of the pump
minimum amount of maintenance. The runner will be lowered. Therefore, in order to predict
is keyed to a shaft which is usually of forged the behaviour and performance of a pump
steel. The torque produced by the runner is under varying conditions, tests are performed,
transmitted to the generator through the shaft and the results of the tests are plotted. The
which is usually connected to the generator shaft curves thus obtained are known as the
by a bolted flange connection. characteristic curves of the pump. The
following three types of characteristic curves
are usually prepared fot the centrifugal pumps:
From
penstock (a) Main and operating characteristics.
Speed ring (b) Constant efficiency.
or
Stay ring (c) Constant head and constant discharge
Stay vane
curves.
Guide (1) Main and Operating Characteristics :
vane
In order to obtain the main characteristic
curves of a pump it is operated at different
speeds. For each speed the rate of flow Q is
varied by means of a delivery valve and for
Scroll
casing the different values of Q the corresponding
Figure : Sectional arrangement of Francis turbine
values of manometric head Hm , shaft power
P, and overall efficiency 0, are measured or
calculated. The same operation is repeated for
The water after passing though the runner different speeds of the pump. Then H m/s Q; P
flows to the tail race through a draft tube. A v/s Q and η0 ν/s Q curves for different speeds
draft tube is a pipe or passage of gradually are plotted, so that three sets of curves are
increasing crosssectional area which connects obtained, which represent the main
the runner exit to the tail race. It may be made
characeteristics of a pump. The main
of cast or plate steel or concrete. It must be
characteristics are useful in indicating the
airtight and under all conditions of operation its
performance of a pump at different speeds.
lower end must be submerged below the level
of water in the tail race.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
7 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
it axially at the inner periphery. The change in 5. (b)
the direction of flow of water, from radial to CHARACTERISTIC CURVES
axial, as it passes through the runner, produces CENTRIFUGAL PUMP
a circumferential force on the runner which, A pump is usually designed for one speed,
from radial to axial, as it passes through the flow rate and head, but in actual practice the
runner, produces a circumferential force on the operation may be at some other condition of
runner which makes the runner to rotate and head or flow rate, and for the changed
thus contributes to the useful output of the conditions the behaviour of the pump may be
runner. The runners are usually made up of cast quite different. As indicated earlier, if the flow
iron, cast steel, mild steel or stainless steel. Often through the pump is less than the designed
instead of making the complete runner of quantity, the value of the velocity of flow of
stainless steel, only those portions of the runner liquid through the impeller will be changed, and
blades, which may be subjected to cavitation as a result, the values of Vw and Vw1 will be
erosion, are made of stainless steel. This altered, thereby changing the head developed
reduces the cost of the runner and at the same by the pump, and at the same time the losses
time ensures the operation of the runner with a will increase so that the efficiency of the pump
minimum amount of maintenance. The runner will be lowered. Therefore, in order to predict
is keyed to a shaft which is usually of forged the behaviour and performance of a pump
steel. The torque produced by the runner is under varying conditions, tests are performed,
transmitted to the generator through the shaft and the results of the tests are plotted. The
which is usually connected to the generator shaft curves thus obtained are known as the
by a bolted flange connection. characteristic curves of the pump. The
following three types of characteristic curves
are usually prepared fot the centrifugal pumps:
From
penstock (a) Main and operating characteristics.
Speed ring (b) Constant efficiency.
or
Stay ring (c) Constant head and constant discharge
Stay vane
curves.
Guide (1) Main and Operating Characteristics :
vane
In order to obtain the main characteristic
curves of a pump it is operated at different
speeds. For each speed the rate of flow Q is
varied by means of a delivery valve and for
Scroll
casing the different values of Q the corresponding
Figure : Sectional arrangement of Francis turbine
values of manometric head Hm , shaft power
P, and overall efficiency 0, are measured or
calculated. The same operation is repeated for
The water after passing though the runner different speeds of the pump. Then H m/s Q; P
flows to the tail race through a draft tube. A v/s Q and η0 ν/s Q curves for different speeds
draft tube is a pipe or passage of gradually are plotted, so that three sets of curves are
increasing crosssectional area which connects obtained, which represent the main
the runner exit to the tail race. It may be made
characeteristics of a pump. The main
of cast or plate steel or concrete. It must be
characteristics are useful in indicating the
airtight and under all conditions of operation its
performance of a pump at different speeds.
lower end must be submerged below the level
of water in the tail race.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
8 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

40
960 R Speed N = constant
.P.M . He ad
Mancmetric head, - metres

880
30
800 Maximum efficiency

Output power

Design head
Input power
720 y

Efficiency
nc w er
20 c ie t po
640 R ffi Inp u er
.P.M. E w
t po

Head
O ut p u
10

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres / second
Fig. : Operating characteristic curves of a centrifugal pump

The values of the head and the discharge

150 corresponding to the maximum efficiency are
known as the normal (or designed) head and
the normal (or designed) discharge of a pump.
Input power

100
The head corresponding to zero or no discharge
is known as the shut-off head of the pump. From
these characteristics it is possible to determine
50
whether the pump will handle the necessary
quantity of liquid against the desired head and
0 what will happen if the head is increased or
0 100 200 300
decreased. The P  /s Q curve will show what
Discharge — litres / second
size motor will be required to operate the pump
50 96
0
88 R.P
at the required conditions and whether or not
0 .M the motor will be overloaded under any other
.
72 800
64

operating conditions.
Overall efficiency (%)

40 0
0R

(2) Constant Efficiency Curves : As shown

.P.
M

in Fig., the constant or iso-efficiency curves may

.

30
be obtained from Hm  /s Q curves of Fig. In
order to plot the iso-efficiency curves, horizontal
20 lines cut the efficiency curves at various speeds,
are transferred to the corresponding Hm  /s Q
0 curves. The points corresponding to the same
0 100 200 300 efficiency are then joined by smooth curves
Discharge, — litres/second which represent the iso-efficiency curves. From
Fig. : Main characteristics of a centrifugal pump these curves the line of maximum efficiency as
During the operation a pump is normally required shown in Fig. may be obtained. The iso-
efficiency curves facilitate the direct
to run at a constant speed, which is its designed
determination of the range of operation of a pump
speed (same as the speed of the driving motor). with a particular efficiency.
As such that particular set of main 40
.P.M 60 70 74 78
960 R
characteristics which corresponds to the
Mancmetric head, - metres

880 78
30
designed speed is mostly used in the operations 74
70
800
of a pump and is, therefore, known as the 60
20 Constant
720
operating characteristics. A typical set of such efficiency lines
640
characteristics of a pump is shown in Fig. 10
Line of maximum efficiency

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres/second

Fig. : Constant efficiency curves of a centrifugal pump

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
8 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

40
960 R Speed N = constant
.P.M . He ad
Mancmetric head, - metres

880
30
800 Maximum efficiency

Output power

Design head
Input power
720 y

Efficiency
nc w er
20 c ie t po
640 R ffi Inp u er
.P.M. E w
t po

Head
O ut p u
10

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres / second
Fig. : Operating characteristic curves of a centrifugal pump

The values of the head and the discharge

150 corresponding to the maximum efficiency are
known as the normal (or designed) head and
the normal (or designed) discharge of a pump.
Input power

100
The head corresponding to zero or no discharge
is known as the shut-off head of the pump. From
these characteristics it is possible to determine
50
whether the pump will handle the necessary
quantity of liquid against the desired head and
0 what will happen if the head is increased or
0 100 200 300
decreased. The P  /s Q curve will show what
Discharge — litres / second
size motor will be required to operate the pump
50 96
0
88 R.P
at the required conditions and whether or not
0 .M the motor will be overloaded under any other
.
72 800
64

operating conditions.
Overall efficiency (%)

40 0
0R

(2) Constant Efficiency Curves : As shown

.P.
M

in Fig., the constant or iso-efficiency curves may

.

30
be obtained from Hm  /s Q curves of Fig. In
order to plot the iso-efficiency curves, horizontal
20 lines cut the efficiency curves at various speeds,
are transferred to the corresponding Hm  /s Q
0 curves. The points corresponding to the same
0 100 200 300 efficiency are then joined by smooth curves
Discharge, — litres/second which represent the iso-efficiency curves. From
Fig. : Main characteristics of a centrifugal pump these curves the line of maximum efficiency as
During the operation a pump is normally required shown in Fig. may be obtained. The iso-
efficiency curves facilitate the direct
to run at a constant speed, which is its designed
determination of the range of operation of a pump
speed (same as the speed of the driving motor). with a particular efficiency.
As such that particular set of main 40
.P.M 60 70 74 78
960 R
characteristics which corresponds to the
Mancmetric head, - metres

880 78
30
designed speed is mostly used in the operations 74
70
800
of a pump and is, therefore, known as the 60
20 Constant
720
operating characteristics. A typical set of such efficiency lines
640
characteristics of a pump is shown in Fig. 10
Line of maximum efficiency

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres/second

Fig. : Constant efficiency curves of a centrifugal pump

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
8 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

40
960 R Speed N = constant
.P.M . He ad
Mancmetric head, - metres

880
30
800 Maximum efficiency

Output power

Design head
Input power
720 y

Efficiency
nc w er
20 c ie t po
640 R ffi Inp u er
.P.M. E w
t po

Head
O ut p u
10

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres / second
Fig. : Operating characteristic curves of a centrifugal pump

The values of the head and the discharge

150 corresponding to the maximum efficiency are
known as the normal (or designed) head and
the normal (or designed) discharge of a pump.
Input power

100
The head corresponding to zero or no discharge
is known as the shut-off head of the pump. From
these characteristics it is possible to determine
50
whether the pump will handle the necessary
quantity of liquid against the desired head and
0 what will happen if the head is increased or
0 100 200 300
decreased. The P  /s Q curve will show what
Discharge — litres / second
size motor will be required to operate the pump
50 96
0
88 R.P
at the required conditions and whether or not
0 .M the motor will be overloaded under any other
.
72 800
64

operating conditions.
Overall efficiency (%)

40 0
0R

(2) Constant Efficiency Curves : As shown

.P.
M

in Fig., the constant or iso-efficiency curves may

.

30
be obtained from Hm  /s Q curves of Fig. In
order to plot the iso-efficiency curves, horizontal
20 lines cut the efficiency curves at various speeds,
are transferred to the corresponding Hm  /s Q
0 curves. The points corresponding to the same
0 100 200 300 efficiency are then joined by smooth curves
Discharge, — litres/second which represent the iso-efficiency curves. From
Fig. : Main characteristics of a centrifugal pump these curves the line of maximum efficiency as
During the operation a pump is normally required shown in Fig. may be obtained. The iso-
efficiency curves facilitate the direct
to run at a constant speed, which is its designed
determination of the range of operation of a pump
speed (same as the speed of the driving motor). with a particular efficiency.
As such that particular set of main 40
.P.M 60 70 74 78
960 R
characteristics which corresponds to the
Mancmetric head, - metres

880 78
30
designed speed is mostly used in the operations 74
70
800
of a pump and is, therefore, known as the 60
20 Constant
720
operating characteristics. A typical set of such efficiency lines
640
characteristics of a pump is shown in Fig. 10
Line of maximum efficiency

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres/second

Fig. : Constant efficiency curves of a centrifugal pump

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
8 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

40
960 R Speed N = constant
.P.M . He ad
Mancmetric head, - metres

880
30
800 Maximum efficiency

Output power

Design head
Input power
720 y

Efficiency
nc w er
20 c ie t po
640 R ffi Inp u er
.P.M. E w
t po

Head
O ut p u
10

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres / second
Fig. : Operating characteristic curves of a centrifugal pump

The values of the head and the discharge

150 corresponding to the maximum efficiency are
known as the normal (or designed) head and
the normal (or designed) discharge of a pump.
Input power

100
The head corresponding to zero or no discharge
is known as the shut-off head of the pump. From
these characteristics it is possible to determine
50
whether the pump will handle the necessary
quantity of liquid against the desired head and
0 what will happen if the head is increased or
0 100 200 300
decreased. The P  /s Q curve will show what
Discharge — litres / second
size motor will be required to operate the pump
50 96
0
88 R.P
at the required conditions and whether or not
0 .M the motor will be overloaded under any other
.
72 800
64

operating conditions.
Overall efficiency (%)

40 0
0R

(2) Constant Efficiency Curves : As shown

.P.
M

in Fig., the constant or iso-efficiency curves may

.

30
be obtained from Hm  /s Q curves of Fig. In
order to plot the iso-efficiency curves, horizontal
20 lines cut the efficiency curves at various speeds,
are transferred to the corresponding Hm  /s Q
0 curves. The points corresponding to the same
0 100 200 300 efficiency are then joined by smooth curves
Discharge, — litres/second which represent the iso-efficiency curves. From
Fig. : Main characteristics of a centrifugal pump these curves the line of maximum efficiency as
During the operation a pump is normally required shown in Fig. may be obtained. The iso-
efficiency curves facilitate the direct
to run at a constant speed, which is its designed
determination of the range of operation of a pump
speed (same as the speed of the driving motor). with a particular efficiency.
As such that particular set of main 40
.P.M 60 70 74 78
960 R
characteristics which corresponds to the
Mancmetric head, - metres

880 78
30
designed speed is mostly used in the operations 74
70
800
of a pump and is, therefore, known as the 60
20 Constant
720
operating characteristics. A typical set of such efficiency lines
640
characteristics of a pump is shown in Fig. 10
Line of maximum efficiency

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres/second

Fig. : Constant efficiency curves of a centrifugal pump

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
8 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

40
960 R Speed N = constant
.P.M . He ad
Mancmetric head, - metres

880
30
800 Maximum efficiency

Output power

Design head
Input power
720 y

Efficiency
nc w er
20 c ie t po
640 R ffi Inp u er
.P.M. E w
t po

Head
O ut p u
10

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres / second
Fig. : Operating characteristic curves of a centrifugal pump

The values of the head and the discharge

150 corresponding to the maximum efficiency are
known as the normal (or designed) head and
the normal (or designed) discharge of a pump.
Input power

100
The head corresponding to zero or no discharge
is known as the shut-off head of the pump. From
these characteristics it is possible to determine
50
whether the pump will handle the necessary
quantity of liquid against the desired head and
0 what will happen if the head is increased or
0 100 200 300
decreased. The P  /s Q curve will show what
Discharge — litres / second
size motor will be required to operate the pump
50 96
0
88 R.P
at the required conditions and whether or not
0 .M the motor will be overloaded under any other
.
72 800
64

operating conditions.
Overall efficiency (%)

40 0
0R

(2) Constant Efficiency Curves : As shown

.P.
M

in Fig., the constant or iso-efficiency curves may

.

30
be obtained from Hm  /s Q curves of Fig. In
order to plot the iso-efficiency curves, horizontal
20 lines cut the efficiency curves at various speeds,
are transferred to the corresponding Hm  /s Q
0 curves. The points corresponding to the same
0 100 200 300 efficiency are then joined by smooth curves
Discharge, — litres/second which represent the iso-efficiency curves. From
Fig. : Main characteristics of a centrifugal pump these curves the line of maximum efficiency as
During the operation a pump is normally required shown in Fig. may be obtained. The iso-
efficiency curves facilitate the direct
to run at a constant speed, which is its designed
determination of the range of operation of a pump
speed (same as the speed of the driving motor). with a particular efficiency.
As such that particular set of main 40
.P.M 60 70 74 78
960 R
characteristics which corresponds to the
Mancmetric head, - metres

880 78
30
designed speed is mostly used in the operations 74
70
800
of a pump and is, therefore, known as the 60
20 Constant
720
operating characteristics. A typical set of such efficiency lines
640
characteristics of a pump is shown in Fig. 10
Line of maximum efficiency

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres/second

Fig. : Constant efficiency curves of a centrifugal pump

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
8 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

40
960 R Speed N = constant
.P.M . He ad
Mancmetric head, - metres

880
30
800 Maximum efficiency

Output power

Design head
Input power
720 y

Efficiency
nc w er
20 c ie t po
640 R ffi Inp u er
.P.M. E w
t po

Head
O ut p u
10

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres / second
Fig. : Operating characteristic curves of a centrifugal pump

The values of the head and the discharge

150 corresponding to the maximum efficiency are
known as the normal (or designed) head and
the normal (or designed) discharge of a pump.
Input power

100
The head corresponding to zero or no discharge
is known as the shut-off head of the pump. From
these characteristics it is possible to determine
50
whether the pump will handle the necessary
quantity of liquid against the desired head and
0 what will happen if the head is increased or
0 100 200 300
decreased. The P  /s Q curve will show what
Discharge — litres / second
size motor will be required to operate the pump
50 96
0
88 R.P
at the required conditions and whether or not
0 .M the motor will be overloaded under any other
.
72 800
64

operating conditions.
Overall efficiency (%)

40 0
0R

(2) Constant Efficiency Curves : As shown

.P.
M

in Fig., the constant or iso-efficiency curves may

.

30
be obtained from Hm  /s Q curves of Fig. In
order to plot the iso-efficiency curves, horizontal
20 lines cut the efficiency curves at various speeds,
are transferred to the corresponding Hm  /s Q
0 curves. The points corresponding to the same
0 100 200 300 efficiency are then joined by smooth curves
Discharge, — litres/second which represent the iso-efficiency curves. From
Fig. : Main characteristics of a centrifugal pump these curves the line of maximum efficiency as
During the operation a pump is normally required shown in Fig. may be obtained. The iso-
efficiency curves facilitate the direct
to run at a constant speed, which is its designed
determination of the range of operation of a pump
speed (same as the speed of the driving motor). with a particular efficiency.
As such that particular set of main 40
.P.M 60 70 74 78
960 R
characteristics which corresponds to the
Mancmetric head, - metres

880 78
30
designed speed is mostly used in the operations 74
70
800
of a pump and is, therefore, known as the 60
20 Constant
720
operating characteristics. A typical set of such efficiency lines
640
characteristics of a pump is shown in Fig. 10
Line of maximum efficiency

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres/second

Fig. : Constant efficiency curves of a centrifugal pump

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
8 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

40
960 R Speed N = constant
.P.M . He ad
Mancmetric head, - metres

880
30
800 Maximum efficiency

Output power

Design head
Input power
720 y

Efficiency
nc w er
20 c ie t po
640 R ffi Inp u er
.P.M. E w
t po

Head
O ut p u
10

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres / second
Fig. : Operating characteristic curves of a centrifugal pump

The values of the head and the discharge

150 corresponding to the maximum efficiency are
known as the normal (or designed) head and
the normal (or designed) discharge of a pump.
Input power

100
The head corresponding to zero or no discharge
is known as the shut-off head of the pump. From
these characteristics it is possible to determine
50
whether the pump will handle the necessary
quantity of liquid against the desired head and
0 what will happen if the head is increased or
0 100 200 300
decreased. The P  /s Q curve will show what
Discharge — litres / second
size motor will be required to operate the pump
50 96
0
88 R.P
at the required conditions and whether or not
0 .M the motor will be overloaded under any other
.
72 800
64

operating conditions.
Overall efficiency (%)

40 0
0R

(2) Constant Efficiency Curves : As shown

.P.
M

in Fig., the constant or iso-efficiency curves may

.

30
be obtained from Hm  /s Q curves of Fig. In
order to plot the iso-efficiency curves, horizontal
20 lines cut the efficiency curves at various speeds,
are transferred to the corresponding Hm  /s Q
0 curves. The points corresponding to the same
0 100 200 300 efficiency are then joined by smooth curves
Discharge, — litres/second which represent the iso-efficiency curves. From
Fig. : Main characteristics of a centrifugal pump these curves the line of maximum efficiency as
During the operation a pump is normally required shown in Fig. may be obtained. The iso-
efficiency curves facilitate the direct
to run at a constant speed, which is its designed
determination of the range of operation of a pump
speed (same as the speed of the driving motor). with a particular efficiency.
As such that particular set of main 40
.P.M 60 70 74 78
960 R
characteristics which corresponds to the
Mancmetric head, - metres

880 78
30
designed speed is mostly used in the operations 74
70
800
of a pump and is, therefore, known as the 60
20 Constant
720
operating characteristics. A typical set of such efficiency lines
640
characteristics of a pump is shown in Fig. 10
Line of maximum efficiency

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres/second

Fig. : Constant efficiency curves of a centrifugal pump

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
8 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

40
960 R Speed N = constant
.P.M . He ad
Mancmetric head, - metres

880
30
800 Maximum efficiency

Output power

Design head
Input power
720 y

Efficiency
nc w er
20 c ie t po
640 R ffi Inp u er
.P.M. E w
t po

Head
O ut p u
10

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres / second
Fig. : Operating characteristic curves of a centrifugal pump

The values of the head and the discharge

150 corresponding to the maximum efficiency are
known as the normal (or designed) head and
the normal (or designed) discharge of a pump.
Input power

100
The head corresponding to zero or no discharge
is known as the shut-off head of the pump. From
these characteristics it is possible to determine
50
whether the pump will handle the necessary
quantity of liquid against the desired head and
0 what will happen if the head is increased or
0 100 200 300
decreased. The P  /s Q curve will show what
Discharge — litres / second
size motor will be required to operate the pump
50 96
0
88 R.P
at the required conditions and whether or not
0 .M the motor will be overloaded under any other
.
72 800
64

operating conditions.
Overall efficiency (%)

40 0
0R

(2) Constant Efficiency Curves : As shown

.P.
M

in Fig., the constant or iso-efficiency curves may

.

30
be obtained from Hm  /s Q curves of Fig. In
order to plot the iso-efficiency curves, horizontal
20 lines cut the efficiency curves at various speeds,
are transferred to the corresponding Hm  /s Q
0 curves. The points corresponding to the same
0 100 200 300 efficiency are then joined by smooth curves
Discharge, — litres/second which represent the iso-efficiency curves. From
Fig. : Main characteristics of a centrifugal pump these curves the line of maximum efficiency as
During the operation a pump is normally required shown in Fig. may be obtained. The iso-
efficiency curves facilitate the direct
to run at a constant speed, which is its designed
determination of the range of operation of a pump
speed (same as the speed of the driving motor). with a particular efficiency.
As such that particular set of main 40
.P.M 60 70 74 78
960 R
characteristics which corresponds to the
Mancmetric head, - metres

880 78
30
designed speed is mostly used in the operations 74
70
800
of a pump and is, therefore, known as the 60
20 Constant
720
operating characteristics. A typical set of such efficiency lines
640
characteristics of a pump is shown in Fig. 10
Line of maximum efficiency

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres/second

Fig. : Constant efficiency curves of a centrifugal pump

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
8 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

40
960 R Speed N = constant
.P.M . He ad
Mancmetric head, - metres

880
30
800 Maximum efficiency

Output power

Design head
Input power
720 y

Efficiency
nc w er
20 c ie t po
640 R ffi Inp u er
.P.M. E w
t po

Head
O ut p u
10

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres / second
Fig. : Operating characteristic curves of a centrifugal pump

The values of the head and the discharge

150 corresponding to the maximum efficiency are
known as the normal (or designed) head and
the normal (or designed) discharge of a pump.
Input power

100
The head corresponding to zero or no discharge
is known as the shut-off head of the pump. From
these characteristics it is possible to determine
50
whether the pump will handle the necessary
quantity of liquid against the desired head and
0 what will happen if the head is increased or
0 100 200 300
decreased. The P  /s Q curve will show what
Discharge — litres / second
size motor will be required to operate the pump
50 96
0
88 R.P
at the required conditions and whether or not
0 .M the motor will be overloaded under any other
.
72 800
64

operating conditions.
Overall efficiency (%)

40 0
0R

(2) Constant Efficiency Curves : As shown

.P.
M

in Fig., the constant or iso-efficiency curves may

.

30
be obtained from Hm  /s Q curves of Fig. In
order to plot the iso-efficiency curves, horizontal
20 lines cut the efficiency curves at various speeds,
are transferred to the corresponding Hm  /s Q
0 curves. The points corresponding to the same
0 100 200 300 efficiency are then joined by smooth curves
Discharge, — litres/second which represent the iso-efficiency curves. From
Fig. : Main characteristics of a centrifugal pump these curves the line of maximum efficiency as
During the operation a pump is normally required shown in Fig. may be obtained. The iso-
efficiency curves facilitate the direct
to run at a constant speed, which is its designed
determination of the range of operation of a pump
speed (same as the speed of the driving motor). with a particular efficiency.
As such that particular set of main 40
.P.M 60 70 74 78
960 R
characteristics which corresponds to the
Mancmetric head, - metres

880 78
30
designed speed is mostly used in the operations 74
70
800
of a pump and is, therefore, known as the 60
20 Constant
720
operating characteristics. A typical set of such efficiency lines
640
characteristics of a pump is shown in Fig. 10
Line of maximum efficiency

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres/second

Fig. : Constant efficiency curves of a centrifugal pump

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
8 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

40
960 R Speed N = constant
.P.M . He ad
Mancmetric head, - metres

880
30
800 Maximum efficiency

Output power

Design head
Input power
720 y

Efficiency
nc w er
20 c ie t po
640 R ffi Inp u er
.P.M. E w
t po

Head
O ut p u
10

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres / second
Fig. : Operating characteristic curves of a centrifugal pump

The values of the head and the discharge

150 corresponding to the maximum efficiency are
known as the normal (or designed) head and
the normal (or designed) discharge of a pump.
Input power

100
The head corresponding to zero or no discharge
is known as the shut-off head of the pump. From
these characteristics it is possible to determine
50
whether the pump will handle the necessary
quantity of liquid against the desired head and
0 what will happen if the head is increased or
0 100 200 300
decreased. The P  /s Q curve will show what
Discharge — litres / second
size motor will be required to operate the pump
50 96
0
88 R.P
at the required conditions and whether or not
0 .M the motor will be overloaded under any other
.
72 800
64

operating conditions.
Overall efficiency (%)

40 0
0R

(2) Constant Efficiency Curves : As shown

.P.
M

in Fig., the constant or iso-efficiency curves may

.

30
be obtained from Hm  /s Q curves of Fig. In
order to plot the iso-efficiency curves, horizontal
20 lines cut the efficiency curves at various speeds,
are transferred to the corresponding Hm  /s Q
0 curves. The points corresponding to the same
0 100 200 300 efficiency are then joined by smooth curves
Discharge, — litres/second which represent the iso-efficiency curves. From
Fig. : Main characteristics of a centrifugal pump these curves the line of maximum efficiency as
During the operation a pump is normally required shown in Fig. may be obtained. The iso-
efficiency curves facilitate the direct
to run at a constant speed, which is its designed
determination of the range of operation of a pump
speed (same as the speed of the driving motor). with a particular efficiency.
As such that particular set of main 40
.P.M 60 70 74 78
960 R
characteristics which corresponds to the
Mancmetric head, - metres

880 78
30
designed speed is mostly used in the operations 74
70
800
of a pump and is, therefore, known as the 60
20 Constant
720
operating characteristics. A typical set of such efficiency lines
640
characteristics of a pump is shown in Fig. 10
Line of maximum efficiency

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres/second

Fig. : Constant efficiency curves of a centrifugal pump

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
8 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]

40
960 R Speed N = constant
.P.M . He ad
Mancmetric head, - metres

880
30
800 Maximum efficiency

Output power

Design head
Input power
720 y

Efficiency
nc w er
20 c ie t po
640 R ffi Inp u er
.P.M. E w
t po

Head
O ut p u
10

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres / second
Fig. : Operating characteristic curves of a centrifugal pump

The values of the head and the discharge

150 corresponding to the maximum efficiency are
known as the normal (or designed) head and
the normal (or designed) discharge of a pump.
Input power

100
The head corresponding to zero or no discharge
is known as the shut-off head of the pump. From
these characteristics it is possible to determine
50
whether the pump will handle the necessary
quantity of liquid against the desired head and
0 what will happen if the head is increased or
0 100 200 300
decreased. The P  /s Q curve will show what
Discharge — litres / second
size motor will be required to operate the pump
50 96
0
88 R.P
at the required conditions and whether or not
0 .M the motor will be overloaded under any other
.
72 800
64

operating conditions.
Overall efficiency (%)

40 0
0R

(2) Constant Efficiency Curves : As shown

.P.
M

in Fig., the constant or iso-efficiency curves may

.

30
be obtained from Hm  /s Q curves of Fig. In
order to plot the iso-efficiency curves, horizontal
20 lines cut the efficiency curves at various speeds,
are transferred to the corresponding Hm  /s Q
0 curves. The points corresponding to the same
0 100 200 300 efficiency are then joined by smooth curves
Discharge, — litres/second which represent the iso-efficiency curves. From
Fig. : Main characteristics of a centrifugal pump these curves the line of maximum efficiency as
During the operation a pump is normally required shown in Fig. may be obtained. The iso-
efficiency curves facilitate the direct
to run at a constant speed, which is its designed
determination of the range of operation of a pump
speed (same as the speed of the driving motor). with a particular efficiency.
As such that particular set of main 40
.P.M 60 70 74 78
960 R
characteristics which corresponds to the
Mancmetric head, - metres

880 78
30
designed speed is mostly used in the operations 74
70
800
of a pump and is, therefore, known as the 60
20 Constant
720
operating characteristics. A typical set of such efficiency lines
640
characteristics of a pump is shown in Fig. 10
Line of maximum efficiency

0
0 100 200 300
Discharge — litres/second

Fig. : Constant efficiency curves of a centrifugal pump

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
9 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
(3) Constant Head and Constant Discharge Pressure at A is P = 2h2–1h1
Curves : These curves are useful in determining
the performance of a variable speed pump for
which the speed constantly varies. In such cases
if the head Hm is maintained constant then as
the speed N varies the rate of flow Q will vary.
As such a plot of Q  /s N can be prepared h2
which can be used to determine the speeds A
required to discharge varying amounts of liquid h1
at a constant pressure head. (3)
Gate opening
constant

3 U-Tube Manometer
P N
2
Interted U-Tube Manometer :
H N QN Inverted U-Tube manometer consists of an
Discharge
Power - P
Head - H

inverted U-Tube containing a light liquid. This

is used to measure the differences of low
pressures between two points where better
Speed - N accuracy is required. It generally consists of an
Fig. : Q v/s N; Hm v/s N; and P v/s N air cock at top of manometric fluid type.
curves of a centrifugal pump Pressure difference can be calculated from
5. (c)
equation
The specific speed of any turbine is the speed in
P 1–1 gH1–mg(H2–H1) = P 2 –2gh2
r.p.m. of a turbine geometrically similar to the
actual turbine but of such a size that under
ρm
corresponding conditions it will develop 1
kilowatt power when working under unit head
(i.e., 1 metre).
The specific speed is usually computed for the H1 ρ2
operating conditions corresponding to the
maximum efficency. ρ1 H2
5. (d)
A manometer is a device used for measure the
pressure of a fluid. It works on the principle of
Inverted U Tube Manometer
balancing the column of fluid (whose pressure 6. (a)
is to be found) by the same another column of The various methods of inspection of castings are
liquid. various types of manometers are below summarised below :
U-Tube Manometer : (i) Visual examination : Depends on the skill
It consits a U-shaped bend whose one end is of inspector to locate defects.
attached to the gauge point 'A' and other end is (ii) Sound or percussion test : It is used for
open to the atmosphere. It can measure both relatively large discontinuties in homogeneous
positive and negative (suction) pressures. It metal casting of simple shape and uniform
cross section.
contains liquid of specific gravity greater than
(iii) Impact test : It is a destructive type test
that of a liquid of which the pressure is to be
(iv) Pressure test : It is used to locate leaks
measured.
and test overall strength.
Where '' is Specific weight 'P' is Pressure at (v) Magnetic and flourescent powder
A. inspection : It is a modern technique used
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
9 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
(3) Constant Head and Constant Discharge Pressure at A is P = 2h2–1h1
Curves : These curves are useful in determining
the performance of a variable speed pump for
which the speed constantly varies. In such cases
if the head Hm is maintained constant then as
the speed N varies the rate of flow Q will vary.
As such a plot of Q  /s N can be prepared h2
which can be used to determine the speeds A
required to discharge varying amounts of liquid h1
at a constant pressure head. (3)
Gate opening
constant

3 U-Tube Manometer
P N
2
Interted U-Tube Manometer :
H N QN Inverted U-Tube manometer consists of an
Discharge
Power - P
Head - H

inverted U-Tube containing a light liquid. This

is used to measure the differences of low
pressures between two points where better
Speed - N accuracy is required. It generally consists of an
Fig. : Q v/s N; Hm v/s N; and P v/s N air cock at top of manometric fluid type.
curves of a centrifugal pump Pressure difference can be calculated from
5. (c)
equation
The specific speed of any turbine is the speed in
P 1–1 gH1–mg(H2–H1) = P 2 –2gh2
r.p.m. of a turbine geometrically similar to the
actual turbine but of such a size that under
ρm
corresponding conditions it will develop 1
kilowatt power when working under unit head
(i.e., 1 metre).
The specific speed is usually computed for the H1 ρ2
operating conditions corresponding to the
maximum efficency. ρ1 H2
5. (d)
A manometer is a device used for measure the
pressure of a fluid. It works on the principle of
Inverted U Tube Manometer
balancing the column of fluid (whose pressure 6. (a)
is to be found) by the same another column of The various methods of inspection of castings are
liquid. various types of manometers are below summarised below :
U-Tube Manometer : (i) Visual examination : Depends on the skill
It consits a U-shaped bend whose one end is of inspector to locate defects.
attached to the gauge point 'A' and other end is (ii) Sound or percussion test : It is used for
open to the atmosphere. It can measure both relatively large discontinuties in homogeneous
positive and negative (suction) pressures. It metal casting of simple shape and uniform
cross section.
contains liquid of specific gravity greater than
(iii) Impact test : It is a destructive type test
that of a liquid of which the pressure is to be
(iv) Pressure test : It is used to locate leaks
measured.
and test overall strength.
Where '' is Specific weight 'P' is Pressure at (v) Magnetic and flourescent powder
A. inspection : It is a modern technique used
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
9 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
(3) Constant Head and Constant Discharge Pressure at A is P = 2h2–1h1
Curves : These curves are useful in determining
the performance of a variable speed pump for
which the speed constantly varies. In such cases
if the head Hm is maintained constant then as
the speed N varies the rate of flow Q will vary.
As such a plot of Q  /s N can be prepared h2
which can be used to determine the speeds A
required to discharge varying amounts of liquid h1
at a constant pressure head. (3)
Gate opening
constant

3 U-Tube Manometer
P N
2
Interted U-Tube Manometer :
H N QN Inverted U-Tube manometer consists of an
Discharge
Power - P
Head - H

inverted U-Tube containing a light liquid. This

is used to measure the differences of low
pressures between two points where better
Speed - N accuracy is required. It generally consists of an
Fig. : Q v/s N; Hm v/s N; and P v/s N air cock at top of manometric fluid type.
curves of a centrifugal pump Pressure difference can be calculated from
5. (c)
equation
The specific speed of any turbine is the speed in
P 1–1 gH1–mg(H2–H1) = P 2 –2gh2
r.p.m. of a turbine geometrically similar to the
actual turbine but of such a size that under
ρm
corresponding conditions it will develop 1
kilowatt power when working under unit head
(i.e., 1 metre).
The specific speed is usually computed for the H1 ρ2
operating conditions corresponding to the
maximum efficency. ρ1 H2
5. (d)
A manometer is a device used for measure the
pressure of a fluid. It works on the principle of
Inverted U Tube Manometer
balancing the column of fluid (whose pressure 6. (a)
is to be found) by the same another column of The various methods of inspection of castings are
liquid. various types of manometers are below summarised below :
U-Tube Manometer : (i) Visual examination : Depends on the skill
It consits a U-shaped bend whose one end is of inspector to locate defects.
attached to the gauge point 'A' and other end is (ii) Sound or percussion test : It is used for
open to the atmosphere. It can measure both relatively large discontinuties in homogeneous
positive and negative (suction) pressures. It metal casting of simple shape and uniform
cross section.
contains liquid of specific gravity greater than
(iii) Impact test : It is a destructive type test
that of a liquid of which the pressure is to be
(iv) Pressure test : It is used to locate leaks
measured.
and test overall strength.
Where '' is Specific weight 'P' is Pressure at (v) Magnetic and flourescent powder
A. inspection : It is a modern technique used
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
9 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
(3) Constant Head and Constant Discharge Pressure at A is P = 2h2–1h1
Curves : These curves are useful in determining
the performance of a variable speed pump for
which the speed constantly varies. In such cases
if the head Hm is maintained constant then as
the speed N varies the rate of flow Q will vary.
As such a plot of Q  /s N can be prepared h2
which can be used to determine the speeds A
required to discharge varying amounts of liquid h1
at a constant pressure head. (3)
Gate opening
constant

3 U-Tube Manometer
P N
2
Interted U-Tube Manometer :
H N QN Inverted U-Tube manometer consists of an
Discharge
Power - P
Head - H

inverted U-Tube containing a light liquid. This

is used to measure the differences of low
pressures between two points where better
Speed - N accuracy is required. It generally consists of an
Fig. : Q v/s N; Hm v/s N; and P v/s N air cock at top of manometric fluid type.
curves of a centrifugal pump Pressure difference can be calculated from
5. (c)
equation
The specific speed of any turbine is the speed in
P 1–1 gH1–mg(H2–H1) = P 2 –2gh2
r.p.m. of a turbine geometrically similar to the
actual turbine but of such a size that under
ρm
corresponding conditions it will develop 1
kilowatt power when working under unit head
(i.e., 1 metre).
The specific speed is usually computed for the H1 ρ2
operating conditions corresponding to the
maximum efficency. ρ1 H2
5. (d)
A manometer is a device used for measure the
pressure of a fluid. It works on the principle of
Inverted U Tube Manometer
balancing the column of fluid (whose pressure 6. (a)
is to be found) by the same another column of The various methods of inspection of castings are
liquid. various types of manometers are below summarised below :
U-Tube Manometer : (i) Visual examination : Depends on the skill
It consits a U-shaped bend whose one end is of inspector to locate defects.
attached to the gauge point 'A' and other end is (ii) Sound or percussion test : It is used for
open to the atmosphere. It can measure both relatively large discontinuties in homogeneous
positive and negative (suction) pressures. It metal casting of simple shape and uniform
cross section.
contains liquid of specific gravity greater than
(iii) Impact test : It is a destructive type test
that of a liquid of which the pressure is to be
(iv) Pressure test : It is used to locate leaks
measured.
and test overall strength.
Where '' is Specific weight 'P' is Pressure at (v) Magnetic and flourescent powder
A. inspection : It is a modern technique used
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
9 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
(3) Constant Head and Constant Discharge Pressure at A is P = 2h2–1h1
Curves : These curves are useful in determining
the performance of a variable speed pump for
which the speed constantly varies. In such cases
if the head Hm is maintained constant then as
the speed N varies the rate of flow Q will vary.
As such a plot of Q  /s N can be prepared h2
which can be used to determine the speeds A
required to discharge varying amounts of liquid h1
at a constant pressure head. (3)
Gate opening
constant

3 U-Tube Manometer
P N
2
Interted U-Tube Manometer :
H N QN Inverted U-Tube manometer consists of an
Discharge
Power - P
Head - H

inverted U-Tube containing a light liquid. This

is used to measure the differences of low
pressures between two points where better
Speed - N accuracy is required. It generally consists of an
Fig. : Q v/s N; Hm v/s N; and P v/s N air cock at top of manometric fluid type.
curves of a centrifugal pump Pressure difference can be calculated from
5. (c)
equation
The specific speed of any turbine is the speed in
P 1–1 gH1–mg(H2–H1) = P 2 –2gh2
r.p.m. of a turbine geometrically similar to the
actual turbine but of such a size that under
ρm
corresponding conditions it will develop 1
kilowatt power when working under unit head
(i.e., 1 metre).
The specific speed is usually computed for the H1 ρ2
operating conditions corresponding to the
maximum efficency. ρ1 H2
5. (d)
A manometer is a device used for measure the
pressure of a fluid. It works on the principle of
Inverted U Tube Manometer
balancing the column of fluid (whose pressure 6. (a)
is to be found) by the same another column of The various methods of inspection of castings are
liquid. various types of manometers are below summarised below :
U-Tube Manometer : (i) Visual examination : Depends on the skill
It consits a U-shaped bend whose one end is of inspector to locate defects.
attached to the gauge point 'A' and other end is (ii) Sound or percussion test : It is used for
open to the atmosphere. It can measure both relatively large discontinuties in homogeneous
positive and negative (suction) pressures. It metal casting of simple shape and uniform
cross section.
contains liquid of specific gravity greater than
(iii) Impact test : It is a destructive type test
that of a liquid of which the pressure is to be
(iv) Pressure test : It is used to locate leaks
measured.
and test overall strength.
Where '' is Specific weight 'P' is Pressure at (v) Magnetic and flourescent powder
A. inspection : It is a modern technique used
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
9 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
(3) Constant Head and Constant Discharge Pressure at A is P = 2h2–1h1
Curves : These curves are useful in determining
the performance of a variable speed pump for
which the speed constantly varies. In such cases
if the head Hm is maintained constant then as
the speed N varies the rate of flow Q will vary.
As such a plot of Q  /s N can be prepared h2
which can be used to determine the speeds A
required to discharge varying amounts of liquid h1
at a constant pressure head. (3)
Gate opening
constant

3 U-Tube Manometer
P N
2
Interted U-Tube Manometer :
H N QN Inverted U-Tube manometer consists of an
Discharge
Power - P
Head - H

inverted U-Tube containing a light liquid. This

is used to measure the differences of low
pressures between two points where better
Speed - N accuracy is required. It generally consists of an
Fig. : Q v/s N; Hm v/s N; and P v/s N air cock at top of manometric fluid type.
curves of a centrifugal pump Pressure difference can be calculated from
5. (c)
equation
The specific speed of any turbine is the speed in
P 1–1 gH1–mg(H2–H1) = P 2 –2gh2
r.p.m. of a turbine geometrically similar to the
actual turbine but of such a size that under
ρm
corresponding conditions it will develop 1
kilowatt power when working under unit head
(i.e., 1 metre).
The specific speed is usually computed for the H1 ρ2
operating conditions corresponding to the
maximum efficency. ρ1 H2
5. (d)
A manometer is a device used for measure the
pressure of a fluid. It works on the principle of
Inverted U Tube Manometer
balancing the column of fluid (whose pressure 6. (a)
is to be found) by the same another column of The various methods of inspection of castings are
liquid. various types of manometers are below summarised below :
U-Tube Manometer : (i) Visual examination : Depends on the skill
It consits a U-shaped bend whose one end is of inspector to locate defects.
attached to the gauge point 'A' and other end is (ii) Sound or percussion test : It is used for
open to the atmosphere. It can measure both relatively large discontinuties in homogeneous
positive and negative (suction) pressures. It metal casting of simple shape and uniform
cross section.
contains liquid of specific gravity greater than
(iii) Impact test : It is a destructive type test
that of a liquid of which the pressure is to be
(iv) Pressure test : It is used to locate leaks
measured.
and test overall strength.
Where '' is Specific weight 'P' is Pressure at (v) Magnetic and flourescent powder
A. inspection : It is a modern technique used
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
9 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
(3) Constant Head and Constant Discharge Pressure at A is P = 2h2–1h1
Curves : These curves are useful in determining
the performance of a variable speed pump for
which the speed constantly varies. In such cases
if the head Hm is maintained constant then as
the speed N varies the rate of flow Q will vary.
As such a plot of Q  /s N can be prepared h2
which can be used to determine the speeds A
required to discharge varying amounts of liquid h1
at a constant pressure head. (3)
Gate opening
constant

3 U-Tube Manometer
P N
2
Interted U-Tube Manometer :
H N QN Inverted U-Tube manometer consists of an
Discharge
Power - P
Head - H

inverted U-Tube containing a light liquid. This

is used to measure the differences of low
pressures between two points where better
Speed - N accuracy is required. It generally consists of an
Fig. : Q v/s N; Hm v/s N; and P v/s N air cock at top of manometric fluid type.
curves of a centrifugal pump Pressure difference can be calculated from
5. (c)
equation
The specific speed of any turbine is the speed in
P 1–1 gH1–mg(H2–H1) = P 2 –2gh2
r.p.m. of a turbine geometrically similar to the
actual turbine but of such a size that under
ρm
corresponding conditions it will develop 1
kilowatt power when working under unit head
(i.e., 1 metre).
The specific speed is usually computed for the H1 ρ2
operating conditions corresponding to the
maximum efficency. ρ1 H2
5. (d)
A manometer is a device used for measure the
pressure of a fluid. It works on the principle of
Inverted U Tube Manometer
balancing the column of fluid (whose pressure 6. (a)
is to be found) by the same another column of The various methods of inspection of castings are
liquid. various types of manometers are below summarised below :
U-Tube Manometer : (i) Visual examination : Depends on the skill
It consits a U-shaped bend whose one end is of inspector to locate defects.
attached to the gauge point 'A' and other end is (ii) Sound or percussion test : It is used for
open to the atmosphere. It can measure both relatively large discontinuties in homogeneous
positive and negative (suction) pressures. It metal casting of simple shape and uniform
cross section.
contains liquid of specific gravity greater than
(iii) Impact test : It is a destructive type test
that of a liquid of which the pressure is to be
(iv) Pressure test : It is used to locate leaks
measured.
and test overall strength.
Where '' is Specific weight 'P' is Pressure at (v) Magnetic and flourescent powder
A. inspection : It is a modern technique used
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
9 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
(3) Constant Head and Constant Discharge Pressure at A is P = 2h2–1h1
Curves : These curves are useful in determining
the performance of a variable speed pump for
which the speed constantly varies. In such cases
if the head Hm is maintained constant then as
the speed N varies the rate of flow Q will vary.
As such a plot of Q  /s N can be prepared h2
which can be used to determine the speeds A
required to discharge varying amounts of liquid h1
at a constant pressure head. (3)
Gate opening
constant

3 U-Tube Manometer
P N
2
Interted U-Tube Manometer :
H N QN Inverted U-Tube manometer consists of an
Discharge
Power - P
Head - H

inverted U-Tube containing a light liquid. This

is used to measure the differences of low
pressures between two points where better
Speed - N accuracy is required. It generally consists of an
Fig. : Q v/s N; Hm v/s N; and P v/s N air cock at top of manometric fluid type.
curves of a centrifugal pump Pressure difference can be calculated from
5. (c)
equation
The specific speed of any turbine is the speed in
P 1–1 gH1–mg(H2–H1) = P 2 –2gh2
r.p.m. of a turbine geometrically similar to the
actual turbine but of such a size that under
ρm
corresponding conditions it will develop 1
kilowatt power when working under unit head
(i.e., 1 metre).
The specific speed is usually computed for the H1 ρ2
operating conditions corresponding to the
maximum efficency. ρ1 H2
5. (d)
A manometer is a device used for measure the
pressure of a fluid. It works on the principle of
Inverted U Tube Manometer
balancing the column of fluid (whose pressure 6. (a)
is to be found) by the same another column of The various methods of inspection of castings are
liquid. various types of manometers are below summarised below :
U-Tube Manometer : (i) Visual examination : Depends on the skill
It consits a U-shaped bend whose one end is of inspector to locate defects.
attached to the gauge point 'A' and other end is (ii) Sound or percussion test : It is used for
open to the atmosphere. It can measure both relatively large discontinuties in homogeneous
positive and negative (suction) pressures. It metal casting of simple shape and uniform
cross section.
contains liquid of specific gravity greater than
(iii) Impact test : It is a destructive type test
that of a liquid of which the pressure is to be
(iv) Pressure test : It is used to locate leaks
measured.
and test overall strength.
Where '' is Specific weight 'P' is Pressure at (v) Magnetic and flourescent powder
A. inspection : It is a modern technique used
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
9 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
(3) Constant Head and Constant Discharge Pressure at A is P = 2h2–1h1
Curves : These curves are useful in determining
the performance of a variable speed pump for
which the speed constantly varies. In such cases
if the head Hm is maintained constant then as
the speed N varies the rate of flow Q will vary.
As such a plot of Q  /s N can be prepared h2
which can be used to determine the speeds A
required to discharge varying amounts of liquid h1
at a constant pressure head. (3)
Gate opening
constant

3 U-Tube Manometer
P N
2
Interted U-Tube Manometer :
H N QN Inverted U-Tube manometer consists of an
Discharge
Power - P
Head - H

inverted U-Tube containing a light liquid. This

is used to measure the differences of low
pressures between two points where better
Speed - N accuracy is required. It generally consists of an
Fig. : Q v/s N; Hm v/s N; and P v/s N air cock at top of manometric fluid type.
curves of a centrifugal pump Pressure difference can be calculated from
5. (c)
equation
The specific speed of any turbine is the speed in
P 1–1 gH1–mg(H2–H1) = P 2 –2gh2
r.p.m. of a turbine geometrically similar to the
actual turbine but of such a size that under
ρm
corresponding conditions it will develop 1
kilowatt power when working under unit head
(i.e., 1 metre).
The specific speed is usually computed for the H1 ρ2
operating conditions corresponding to the
maximum efficency. ρ1 H2
5. (d)
A manometer is a device used for measure the
pressure of a fluid. It works on the principle of
Inverted U Tube Manometer
balancing the column of fluid (whose pressure 6. (a)
is to be found) by the same another column of The various methods of inspection of castings are
liquid. various types of manometers are below summarised below :
U-Tube Manometer : (i) Visual examination : Depends on the skill
It consits a U-shaped bend whose one end is of inspector to locate defects.
attached to the gauge point 'A' and other end is (ii) Sound or percussion test : It is used for
open to the atmosphere. It can measure both relatively large discontinuties in homogeneous
positive and negative (suction) pressures. It metal casting of simple shape and uniform
cross section.
contains liquid of specific gravity greater than
(iii) Impact test : It is a destructive type test
that of a liquid of which the pressure is to be
(iv) Pressure test : It is used to locate leaks
measured.
and test overall strength.
Where '' is Specific weight 'P' is Pressure at (v) Magnetic and flourescent powder
A. inspection : It is a modern technique used
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
9 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
(3) Constant Head and Constant Discharge Pressure at A is P = 2h2–1h1
Curves : These curves are useful in determining
the performance of a variable speed pump for
which the speed constantly varies. In such cases
if the head Hm is maintained constant then as
the speed N varies the rate of flow Q will vary.
As such a plot of Q  /s N can be prepared h2
which can be used to determine the speeds A
required to discharge varying amounts of liquid h1
at a constant pressure head. (3)
Gate opening
constant

3 U-Tube Manometer
P N
2
Interted U-Tube Manometer :
H N QN Inverted U-Tube manometer consists of an
Discharge
Power - P
Head - H

inverted U-Tube containing a light liquid. This

is used to measure the differences of low
pressures between two points where better
Speed - N accuracy is required. It generally consists of an
Fig. : Q v/s N; Hm v/s N; and P v/s N air cock at top of manometric fluid type.
curves of a centrifugal pump Pressure difference can be calculated from
5. (c)
equation
The specific speed of any turbine is the speed in
P 1–1 gH1–mg(H2–H1) = P 2 –2gh2
r.p.m. of a turbine geometrically similar to the
actual turbine but of such a size that under
ρm
corresponding conditions it will develop 1
kilowatt power when working under unit head
(i.e., 1 metre).
The specific speed is usually computed for the H1 ρ2
operating conditions corresponding to the
maximum efficency. ρ1 H2
5. (d)
A manometer is a device used for measure the
pressure of a fluid. It works on the principle of
Inverted U Tube Manometer
balancing the column of fluid (whose pressure 6. (a)
is to be found) by the same another column of The various methods of inspection of castings are
liquid. various types of manometers are below summarised below :
U-Tube Manometer : (i) Visual examination : Depends on the skill
It consits a U-shaped bend whose one end is of inspector to locate defects.
attached to the gauge point 'A' and other end is (ii) Sound or percussion test : It is used for
open to the atmosphere. It can measure both relatively large discontinuties in homogeneous
positive and negative (suction) pressures. It metal casting of simple shape and uniform
cross section.
contains liquid of specific gravity greater than
(iii) Impact test : It is a destructive type test
that of a liquid of which the pressure is to be
(iv) Pressure test : It is used to locate leaks
measured.
and test overall strength.
Where '' is Specific weight 'P' is Pressure at (v) Magnetic and flourescent powder
A. inspection : It is a modern technique used
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
9 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
(3) Constant Head and Constant Discharge Pressure at A is P = 2h2–1h1
Curves : These curves are useful in determining
the performance of a variable speed pump for
which the speed constantly varies. In such cases
if the head Hm is maintained constant then as
the speed N varies the rate of flow Q will vary.
As such a plot of Q  /s N can be prepared h2
which can be used to determine the speeds A
required to discharge varying amounts of liquid h1
at a constant pressure head. (3)
Gate opening
constant

3 U-Tube Manometer
P N
2
Interted U-Tube Manometer :
H N QN Inverted U-Tube manometer consists of an
Discharge
Power - P
Head - H

inverted U-Tube containing a light liquid. This

is used to measure the differences of low
pressures between two points where better
Speed - N accuracy is required. It generally consists of an
Fig. : Q v/s N; Hm v/s N; and P v/s N air cock at top of manometric fluid type.
curves of a centrifugal pump Pressure difference can be calculated from
5. (c)
equation
The specific speed of any turbine is the speed in
P 1–1 gH1–mg(H2–H1) = P 2 –2gh2
r.p.m. of a turbine geometrically similar to the
actual turbine but of such a size that under
ρm
corresponding conditions it will develop 1
kilowatt power when working under unit head
(i.e., 1 metre).
The specific speed is usually computed for the H1 ρ2
operating conditions corresponding to the
maximum efficency. ρ1 H2
5. (d)
A manometer is a device used for measure the
pressure of a fluid. It works on the principle of
Inverted U Tube Manometer
balancing the column of fluid (whose pressure 6. (a)
is to be found) by the same another column of The various methods of inspection of castings are
liquid. various types of manometers are below summarised below :
U-Tube Manometer : (i) Visual examination : Depends on the skill
It consits a U-shaped bend whose one end is of inspector to locate defects.
attached to the gauge point 'A' and other end is (ii) Sound or percussion test : It is used for
open to the atmosphere. It can measure both relatively large discontinuties in homogeneous
positive and negative (suction) pressures. It metal casting of simple shape and uniform
cross section.
contains liquid of specific gravity greater than
(iii) Impact test : It is a destructive type test
that of a liquid of which the pressure is to be
(iv) Pressure test : It is used to locate leaks
measured.
and test overall strength.
Where '' is Specific weight 'P' is Pressure at (v) Magnetic and flourescent powder
A. inspection : It is a modern technique used
# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,
Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
10 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
to defect exact location and type of flow in liquids above 450°C and below the solidus of the
iron and steel and magnetic alloys. base metals. Also, the filler metal is distributed in
(vi) Radiographic or X-ray Examination : It the joint by capillary action.
can be used for inspecting casting of any The process consists of the broad heating of the
metal. base metals to the point where the filler metal,
(vii) Electrical conductivity method : It is applied to the joint area, will be melted and drain
limited only to uniform sectional thickness and by capillary action through the entire joint. After
metallurgical structures. cooling, the brazed joint constitutes a strong
(viii) Penatrant inspection technique : It is metallurgical bond between the filler metal and
used for small cracks in castings which can't the two base metals.
be observed with naked eye also revealing Soldering : Soldering is a process in which two
those surface defects which can't be detected or more items are joined together by melting and
by radiographic examination. putting a filler metal into the joint, the filler metal
(ix) Ultrasonic testing : It is used to detect the having a lower melting point than the adjoining
defects of dimensions of castings very metal. Soldering is used in plumbing, electronics,
accurately and quickly. and metal work from flashing to jewelry.
(x) Tests are also performed to check dimensional 6. (c)
accuracy, surface finish, chemical analysis. Given data
Metallographic test and mechanical tests. tc = 0.45 mm
6. (b) (i) b = 2.5 mm
Reasons for carrying out case-hardening treatment  = 10°
could be : t = f = 0.25 mm
(1) To provide combination of hardness and Fc = 1130 N
toughness, i.e., hard surface to resist wear Ft = 295 N
and abrasion and tough core to resist shock V = 2.5 m/s
loading. (i) Shear force Fs = Fc cos  – Ft sin 
(2) To provide hardness to a limited portion of an where  is shear angle
article. r cos 
(3) Components having undercuts and recesses tan  =
1  r sin 
have less tendency to crack or distort during
case hardening than during full hardening t 0.25
process. r = t  0.45  0.55
c
(4) Case depth can be easily controlled.
(5) Properties of case and core can be controlled 0.55  0.985
tan  =
separately. 1  0.555  0.1736
(6) In comparison to full hardening treatment case = 0.605
hardening process is less affected by   = tan–1 (0.605)
vibrations in composition and temperature. = 31.20
(7) It produces cheaper components compared Fe = 1130 × 0.855 – 295 × 0.518
to using high carbon steel. = 966.2 – 152.8
6. (b) (ii) (ii) Friction coefficient ()
Brazing : Brazing has been defined as a group of
joining processes specially arranged in a manner Fc tan   Ft
=
to produce coalescene of materials. The process Fc  Ft tan 
involves heating of these materials at a brazing
temperature by using a filler metal which has a

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
10 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
to defect exact location and type of flow in liquids above 450°C and below the solidus of the
iron and steel and magnetic alloys. base metals. Also, the filler metal is distributed in
(vi) Radiographic or X-ray Examination : It the joint by capillary action.
can be used for inspecting casting of any The process consists of the broad heating of the
metal. base metals to the point where the filler metal,
(vii) Electrical conductivity method : It is applied to the joint area, will be melted and drain
limited only to uniform sectional thickness and by capillary action through the entire joint. After
metallurgical structures. cooling, the brazed joint constitutes a strong
(viii) Penatrant inspection technique : It is metallurgical bond between the filler metal and
used for small cracks in castings which can't the two base metals.
be observed with naked eye also revealing Soldering : Soldering is a process in which two
those surface defects which can't be detected or more items are joined together by melting and
by radiographic examination. putting a filler metal into the joint, the filler metal
(ix) Ultrasonic testing : It is used to detect the having a lower melting point than the adjoining
defects of dimensions of castings very metal. Soldering is used in plumbing, electronics,
accurately and quickly. and metal work from flashing to jewelry.
(x) Tests are also performed to check dimensional 6. (c)
accuracy, surface finish, chemical analysis. Given data
Metallographic test and mechanical tests. tc = 0.45 mm
6. (b) (i) b = 2.5 mm
Reasons for carrying out case-hardening treatment  = 10°
could be : t = f = 0.25 mm
(1) To provide combination of hardness and Fc = 1130 N
toughness, i.e., hard surface to resist wear Ft = 295 N
and abrasion and tough core to resist shock V = 2.5 m/s
loading. (i) Shear force Fs = Fc cos  – Ft sin 
(2) To provide hardness to a limited portion of an where  is shear angle
article. r cos 
(3) Components having undercuts and recesses tan  =
1  r sin 
have less tendency to crack or distort during
case hardening than during full hardening t 0.25
process. r = t  0.45  0.55
c
(4) Case depth can be easily controlled.
(5) Properties of case and core can be controlled 0.55  0.985
tan  =
separately. 1  0.555  0.1736
(6) In comparison to full hardening treatment case = 0.605
hardening process is less affected by   = tan–1 (0.605)
vibrations in composition and temperature. = 31.20
(7) It produces cheaper components compared Fe = 1130 × 0.855 – 295 × 0.518
to using high carbon steel. = 966.2 – 152.8
6. (b) (ii) (ii) Friction coefficient ()
Brazing : Brazing has been defined as a group of
joining processes specially arranged in a manner Fc tan   Ft
=
to produce coalescene of materials. The process Fc  Ft tan 
involves heating of these materials at a brazing
temperature by using a filler metal which has a

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
10 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
to defect exact location and type of flow in liquids above 450°C and below the solidus of the
iron and steel and magnetic alloys. base metals. Also, the filler metal is distributed in
(vi) Radiographic or X-ray Examination : It the joint by capillary action.
can be used for inspecting casting of any The process consists of the broad heating of the
metal. base metals to the point where the filler metal,
(vii) Electrical conductivity method : It is applied to the joint area, will be melted and drain
limited only to uniform sectional thickness and by capillary action through the entire joint. After
metallurgical structures. cooling, the brazed joint constitutes a strong
(viii) Penatrant inspection technique : It is metallurgical bond between the filler metal and
used for small cracks in castings which can't the two base metals.
be observed with naked eye also revealing Soldering : Soldering is a process in which two
those surface defects which can't be detected or more items are joined together by melting and
by radiographic examination. putting a filler metal into the joint, the filler metal
(ix) Ultrasonic testing : It is used to detect the having a lower melting point than the adjoining
defects of dimensions of castings very metal. Soldering is used in plumbing, electronics,
accurately and quickly. and metal work from flashing to jewelry.
(x) Tests are also performed to check dimensional 6. (c)
accuracy, surface finish, chemical analysis. Given data
Metallographic test and mechanical tests. tc = 0.45 mm
6. (b) (i) b = 2.5 mm
Reasons for carrying out case-hardening treatment  = 10°
could be : t = f = 0.25 mm
(1) To provide combination of hardness and Fc = 1130 N
toughness, i.e., hard surface to resist wear Ft = 295 N
and abrasion and tough core to resist shock V = 2.5 m/s
loading. (i) Shear force Fs = Fc cos  – Ft sin 
(2) To provide hardness to a limited portion of an where  is shear angle
article. r cos 
(3) Components having undercuts and recesses tan  =
1  r sin 
have less tendency to crack or distort during
case hardening than during full hardening t 0.25
process. r = t  0.45  0.55
c
(4) Case depth can be easily controlled.
(5) Properties of case and core can be controlled 0.55  0.985
tan  =
separately. 1  0.555  0.1736
(6) In comparison to full hardening treatment case = 0.605
hardening process is less affected by   = tan–1 (0.605)
vibrations in composition and temperature. = 31.20
(7) It produces cheaper components compared Fe = 1130 × 0.855 – 295 × 0.518
to using high carbon steel. = 966.2 – 152.8
6. (b) (ii) (ii) Friction coefficient ()
Brazing : Brazing has been defined as a group of
joining processes specially arranged in a manner Fc tan   Ft
=
to produce coalescene of materials. The process Fc  Ft tan 
involves heating of these materials at a brazing
temperature by using a filler metal which has a

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
10 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
to defect exact location and type of flow in liquids above 450°C and below the solidus of the
iron and steel and magnetic alloys. base metals. Also, the filler metal is distributed in
(vi) Radiographic or X-ray Examination : It the joint by capillary action.
can be used for inspecting casting of any The process consists of the broad heating of the
metal. base metals to the point where the filler metal,
(vii) Electrical conductivity method : It is applied to the joint area, will be melted and drain
limited only to uniform sectional thickness and by capillary action through the entire joint. After
metallurgical structures. cooling, the brazed joint constitutes a strong
(viii) Penatrant inspection technique : It is metallurgical bond between the filler metal and
used for small cracks in castings which can't the two base metals.
be observed with naked eye also revealing Soldering : Soldering is a process in which two
those surface defects which can't be detected or more items are joined together by melting and
by radiographic examination. putting a filler metal into the joint, the filler metal
(ix) Ultrasonic testing : It is used to detect the having a lower melting point than the adjoining
defects of dimensions of castings very metal. Soldering is used in plumbing, electronics,
accurately and quickly. and metal work from flashing to jewelry.
(x) Tests are also performed to check dimensional 6. (c)
accuracy, surface finish, chemical analysis. Given data
Metallographic test and mechanical tests. tc = 0.45 mm
6. (b) (i) b = 2.5 mm
Reasons for carrying out case-hardening treatment  = 10°
could be : t = f = 0.25 mm
(1) To provide combination of hardness and Fc = 1130 N
toughness, i.e., hard surface to resist wear Ft = 295 N
and abrasion and tough core to resist shock V = 2.5 m/s
loading. (i) Shear force Fs = Fc cos  – Ft sin 
(2) To provide hardness to a limited portion of an where  is shear angle
article. r cos 
(3) Components having undercuts and recesses tan  =
1  r sin 
have less tendency to crack or distort during
case hardening than during full hardening t 0.25
process. r = t  0.45  0.55
c
(4) Case depth can be easily controlled.
(5) Properties of case and core can be controlled 0.55  0.985
tan  =
separately. 1  0.555  0.1736
(6) In comparison to full hardening treatment case = 0.605
hardening process is less affected by   = tan–1 (0.605)
vibrations in composition and temperature. = 31.20
(7) It produces cheaper components compared Fe = 1130 × 0.855 – 295 × 0.518
to using high carbon steel. = 966.2 – 152.8
6. (b) (ii) (ii) Friction coefficient ()
Brazing : Brazing has been defined as a group of
joining processes specially arranged in a manner Fc tan   Ft
=
to produce coalescene of materials. The process Fc  Ft tan 
involves heating of these materials at a brazing
temperature by using a filler metal which has a

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
10 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
to defect exact location and type of flow in liquids above 450°C and below the solidus of the
iron and steel and magnetic alloys. base metals. Also, the filler metal is distributed in
(vi) Radiographic or X-ray Examination : It the joint by capillary action.
can be used for inspecting casting of any The process consists of the broad heating of the
metal. base metals to the point where the filler metal,
(vii) Electrical conductivity method : It is applied to the joint area, will be melted and drain
limited only to uniform sectional thickness and by capillary action through the entire joint. After
metallurgical structures. cooling, the brazed joint constitutes a strong
(viii) Penatrant inspection technique : It is metallurgical bond between the filler metal and
used for small cracks in castings which can't the two base metals.
be observed with naked eye also revealing Soldering : Soldering is a process in which two
those surface defects which can't be detected or more items are joined together by melting and
by radiographic examination. putting a filler metal into the joint, the filler metal
(ix) Ultrasonic testing : It is used to detect the having a lower melting point than the adjoining
defects of dimensions of castings very metal. Soldering is used in plumbing, electronics,
accurately and quickly. and metal work from flashing to jewelry.
(x) Tests are also performed to check dimensional 6. (c)
accuracy, surface finish, chemical analysis. Given data
Metallographic test and mechanical tests. tc = 0.45 mm
6. (b) (i) b = 2.5 mm
Reasons for carrying out case-hardening treatment  = 10°
could be : t = f = 0.25 mm
(1) To provide combination of hardness and Fc = 1130 N
toughness, i.e., hard surface to resist wear Ft = 295 N
and abrasion and tough core to resist shock V = 2.5 m/s
loading. (i) Shear force Fs = Fc cos  – Ft sin 
(2) To provide hardness to a limited portion of an where  is shear angle
article. r cos 
(3) Components having undercuts and recesses tan  =
1  r sin 
have less tendency to crack or distort during
case hardening than during full hardening t 0.25
process. r = t  0.45  0.55
c
(4) Case depth can be easily controlled.
(5) Properties of case and core can be controlled 0.55  0.985
tan  =
separately. 1  0.555  0.1736
(6) In comparison to full hardening treatment case = 0.605
hardening process is less affected by   = tan–1 (0.605)
vibrations in composition and temperature. = 31.20
(7) It produces cheaper components compared Fe = 1130 × 0.855 – 295 × 0.518
to using high carbon steel. = 966.2 – 152.8
6. (b) (ii) (ii) Friction coefficient ()
Brazing : Brazing has been defined as a group of
joining processes specially arranged in a manner Fc tan   Ft
=
to produce coalescene of materials. The process Fc  Ft tan 
involves heating of these materials at a brazing
temperature by using a filler metal which has a

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
10 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
to defect exact location and type of flow in liquids above 450°C and below the solidus of the
iron and steel and magnetic alloys. base metals. Also, the filler metal is distributed in
(vi) Radiographic or X-ray Examination : It the joint by capillary action.
can be used for inspecting casting of any The process consists of the broad heating of the
metal. base metals to the point where the filler metal,
(vii) Electrical conductivity method : It is applied to the joint area, will be melted and drain
limited only to uniform sectional thickness and by capillary action through the entire joint. After
metallurgical structures. cooling, the brazed joint constitutes a strong
(viii) Penatrant inspection technique : It is metallurgical bond between the filler metal and
used for small cracks in castings which can't the two base metals.
be observed with naked eye also revealing Soldering : Soldering is a process in which two
those surface defects which can't be detected or more items are joined together by melting and
by radiographic examination. putting a filler metal into the joint, the filler metal
(ix) Ultrasonic testing : It is used to detect the having a lower melting point than the adjoining
defects of dimensions of castings very metal. Soldering is used in plumbing, electronics,
accurately and quickly. and metal work from flashing to jewelry.
(x) Tests are also performed to check dimensional 6. (c)
accuracy, surface finish, chemical analysis. Given data
Metallographic test and mechanical tests. tc = 0.45 mm
6. (b) (i) b = 2.5 mm
Reasons for carrying out case-hardening treatment  = 10°
could be : t = f = 0.25 mm
(1) To provide combination of hardness and Fc = 1130 N
toughness, i.e., hard surface to resist wear Ft = 295 N
and abrasion and tough core to resist shock V = 2.5 m/s
loading. (i) Shear force Fs = Fc cos  – Ft sin 
(2) To provide hardness to a limited portion of an where  is shear angle
article. r cos 
(3) Components having undercuts and recesses tan  =
1  r sin 
have less tendency to crack or distort during
case hardening than during full hardening t 0.25
process. r = t  0.45  0.55
c
(4) Case depth can be easily controlled.
(5) Properties of case and core can be controlled 0.55  0.985
tan  =
separately. 1  0.555  0.1736
(6) In comparison to full hardening treatment case = 0.605
hardening process is less affected by   = tan–1 (0.605)
vibrations in composition and temperature. = 31.20
(7) It produces cheaper components compared Fe = 1130 × 0.855 – 295 × 0.518
to using high carbon steel. = 966.2 – 152.8
6. (b) (ii) (ii) Friction coefficient ()
Brazing : Brazing has been defined as a group of
joining processes specially arranged in a manner Fc tan   Ft
=
to produce coalescene of materials. The process Fc  Ft tan 
involves heating of these materials at a brazing
temperature by using a filler metal which has a

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
10 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
to defect exact location and type of flow in liquids above 450°C and below the solidus of the
iron and steel and magnetic alloys. base metals. Also, the filler metal is distributed in
(vi) Radiographic or X-ray Examination : It the joint by capillary action.
can be used for inspecting casting of any The process consists of the broad heating of the
metal. base metals to the point where the filler metal,
(vii) Electrical conductivity method : It is applied to the joint area, will be melted and drain
limited only to uniform sectional thickness and by capillary action through the entire joint. After
metallurgical structures. cooling, the brazed joint constitutes a strong
(viii) Penatrant inspection technique : It is metallurgical bond between the filler metal and
used for small cracks in castings which can't the two base metals.
be observed with naked eye also revealing Soldering : Soldering is a process in which two
those surface defects which can't be detected or more items are joined together by melting and
by radiographic examination. putting a filler metal into the joint, the filler metal
(ix) Ultrasonic testing : It is used to detect the having a lower melting point than the adjoining
defects of dimensions of castings very metal. Soldering is used in plumbing, electronics,
accurately and quickly. and metal work from flashing to jewelry.
(x) Tests are also performed to check dimensional 6. (c)
accuracy, surface finish, chemical analysis. Given data
Metallographic test and mechanical tests. tc = 0.45 mm
6. (b) (i) b = 2.5 mm
Reasons for carrying out case-hardening treatment  = 10°
could be : t = f = 0.25 mm
(1) To provide combination of hardness and Fc = 1130 N
toughness, i.e., hard surface to resist wear Ft = 295 N
and abrasion and tough core to resist shock V = 2.5 m/s
loading. (i) Shear force Fs = Fc cos  – Ft sin 
(2) To provide hardness to a limited portion of an where  is shear angle
article. r cos 
(3) Components having undercuts and recesses tan  =
1  r sin 
have less tendency to crack or distort during
case hardening than during full hardening t 0.25
process. r = t  0.45  0.55
c
(4) Case depth can be easily controlled.
(5) Properties of case and core can be controlled 0.55  0.985
tan  =
separately. 1  0.555  0.1736
(6) In comparison to full hardening treatment case = 0.605
hardening process is less affected by   = tan–1 (0.605)
vibrations in composition and temperature. = 31.20
(7) It produces cheaper components compared Fe = 1130 × 0.855 – 295 × 0.518
to using high carbon steel. = 966.2 – 152.8
6. (b) (ii) (ii) Friction coefficient ()
Brazing : Brazing has been defined as a group of
joining processes specially arranged in a manner Fc tan   Ft
=
to produce coalescene of materials. The process Fc  Ft tan 
involves heating of these materials at a brazing
temperature by using a filler metal which has a

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
10 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
to defect exact location and type of flow in liquids above 450°C and below the solidus of the
iron and steel and magnetic alloys. base metals. Also, the filler metal is distributed in
(vi) Radiographic or X-ray Examination : It the joint by capillary action.
can be used for inspecting casting of any The process consists of the broad heating of the
metal. base metals to the point where the filler metal,
(vii) Electrical conductivity method : It is applied to the joint area, will be melted and drain
limited only to uniform sectional thickness and by capillary action through the entire joint. After
metallurgical structures. cooling, the brazed joint constitutes a strong
(viii) Penatrant inspection technique : It is metallurgical bond between the filler metal and
used for small cracks in castings which can't the two base metals.
be observed with naked eye also revealing Soldering : Soldering is a process in which two
those surface defects which can't be detected or more items are joined together by melting and
by radiographic examination. putting a filler metal into the joint, the filler metal
(ix) Ultrasonic testing : It is used to detect the having a lower melting point than the adjoining
defects of dimensions of castings very metal. Soldering is used in plumbing, electronics,
accurately and quickly. and metal work from flashing to jewelry.
(x) Tests are also performed to check dimensional 6. (c)
accuracy, surface finish, chemical analysis. Given data
Metallographic test and mechanical tests. tc = 0.45 mm
6. (b) (i) b = 2.5 mm
Reasons for carrying out case-hardening treatment  = 10°
could be : t = f = 0.25 mm
(1) To provide combination of hardness and Fc = 1130 N
toughness, i.e., hard surface to resist wear Ft = 295 N
and abrasion and tough core to resist shock V = 2.5 m/s
loading. (i) Shear force Fs = Fc cos  – Ft sin 
(2) To provide hardness to a limited portion of an where  is shear angle
article. r cos 
(3) Components having undercuts and recesses tan  =
1  r sin 
have less tendency to crack or distort during
case hardening than during full hardening t 0.25
process. r = t  0.45  0.55
c
(4) Case depth can be easily controlled.
(5) Properties of case and core can be controlled 0.55  0.985
tan  =
separately. 1  0.555  0.1736
(6) In comparison to full hardening treatment case = 0.605
hardening process is less affected by   = tan–1 (0.605)
vibrations in composition and temperature. = 31.20
(7) It produces cheaper components compared Fe = 1130 × 0.855 – 295 × 0.518
to using high carbon steel. = 966.2 – 152.8
6. (b) (ii) (ii) Friction coefficient ()
Brazing : Brazing has been defined as a group of
joining processes specially arranged in a manner Fc tan   Ft
=
to produce coalescene of materials. The process Fc  Ft tan 
involves heating of these materials at a brazing
temperature by using a filler metal which has a

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
10 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
to defect exact location and type of flow in liquids above 450°C and below the solidus of the
iron and steel and magnetic alloys. base metals. Also, the filler metal is distributed in
(vi) Radiographic or X-ray Examination : It the joint by capillary action.
can be used for inspecting casting of any The process consists of the broad heating of the
metal. base metals to the point where the filler metal,
(vii) Electrical conductivity method : It is applied to the joint area, will be melted and drain
limited only to uniform sectional thickness and by capillary action through the entire joint. After
metallurgical structures. cooling, the brazed joint constitutes a strong
(viii) Penatrant inspection technique : It is metallurgical bond between the filler metal and
used for small cracks in castings which can't the two base metals.
be observed with naked eye also revealing Soldering : Soldering is a process in which two
those surface defects which can't be detected or more items are joined together by melting and
by radiographic examination. putting a filler metal into the joint, the filler metal
(ix) Ultrasonic testing : It is used to detect the having a lower melting point than the adjoining
defects of dimensions of castings very metal. Soldering is used in plumbing, electronics,
accurately and quickly. and metal work from flashing to jewelry.
(x) Tests are also performed to check dimensional 6. (c)
accuracy, surface finish, chemical analysis. Given data
Metallographic test and mechanical tests. tc = 0.45 mm
6. (b) (i) b = 2.5 mm
Reasons for carrying out case-hardening treatment  = 10°
could be : t = f = 0.25 mm
(1) To provide combination of hardness and Fc = 1130 N
toughness, i.e., hard surface to resist wear Ft = 295 N
and abrasion and tough core to resist shock V = 2.5 m/s
loading. (i) Shear force Fs = Fc cos  – Ft sin 
(2) To provide hardness to a limited portion of an where  is shear angle
article. r cos 
(3) Components having undercuts and recesses tan  =
1  r sin 
have less tendency to crack or distort during
case hardening than during full hardening t 0.25
process. r = t  0.45  0.55
c
(4) Case depth can be easily controlled.
(5) Properties of case and core can be controlled 0.55  0.985
tan  =
separately. 1  0.555  0.1736
(6) In comparison to full hardening treatment case = 0.605
hardening process is less affected by   = tan–1 (0.605)
vibrations in composition and temperature. = 31.20
(7) It produces cheaper components compared Fe = 1130 × 0.855 – 295 × 0.518
to using high carbon steel. = 966.2 – 152.8
6. (b) (ii) (ii) Friction coefficient ()
Brazing : Brazing has been defined as a group of
joining processes specially arranged in a manner Fc tan   Ft
=
to produce coalescene of materials. The process Fc  Ft tan 
involves heating of these materials at a brazing
temperature by using a filler metal which has a

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
10 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
to defect exact location and type of flow in liquids above 450°C and below the solidus of the
iron and steel and magnetic alloys. base metals. Also, the filler metal is distributed in
(vi) Radiographic or X-ray Examination : It the joint by capillary action.
can be used for inspecting casting of any The process consists of the broad heating of the
metal. base metals to the point where the filler metal,
(vii) Electrical conductivity method : It is applied to the joint area, will be melted and drain
limited only to uniform sectional thickness and by capillary action through the entire joint. After
metallurgical structures. cooling, the brazed joint constitutes a strong
(viii) Penatrant inspection technique : It is metallurgical bond between the filler metal and
used for small cracks in castings which can't the two base metals.
be observed with naked eye also revealing Soldering : Soldering is a process in which two
those surface defects which can't be detected or more items are joined together by melting and
by radiographic examination. putting a filler metal into the joint, the filler metal
(ix) Ultrasonic testing : It is used to detect the having a lower melting point than the adjoining
defects of dimensions of castings very metal. Soldering is used in plumbing, electronics,
accurately and quickly. and metal work from flashing to jewelry.
(x) Tests are also performed to check dimensional 6. (c)
accuracy, surface finish, chemical analysis. Given data
Metallographic test and mechanical tests. tc = 0.45 mm
6. (b) (i) b = 2.5 mm
Reasons for carrying out case-hardening treatment  = 10°
could be : t = f = 0.25 mm
(1) To provide combination of hardness and Fc = 1130 N
toughness, i.e., hard surface to resist wear Ft = 295 N
and abrasion and tough core to resist shock V = 2.5 m/s
loading. (i) Shear force Fs = Fc cos  – Ft sin 
(2) To provide hardness to a limited portion of an where  is shear angle
article. r cos 
(3) Components having undercuts and recesses tan  =
1  r sin 
have less tendency to crack or distort during
case hardening than during full hardening t 0.25
process. r = t  0.45  0.55
c
(4) Case depth can be easily controlled.
(5) Properties of case and core can be controlled 0.55  0.985
tan  =
separately. 1  0.555  0.1736
(6) In comparison to full hardening treatment case = 0.605
hardening process is less affected by   = tan–1 (0.605)
vibrations in composition and temperature. = 31.20
(7) It produces cheaper components compared Fe = 1130 × 0.855 – 295 × 0.518
to using high carbon steel. = 966.2 – 152.8
6. (b) (ii) (ii) Friction coefficient ()
Brazing : Brazing has been defined as a group of
joining processes specially arranged in a manner Fc tan   Ft
=
to produce coalescene of materials. The process Fc  Ft tan 
involves heating of these materials at a brazing
temperature by using a filler metal which has a

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
10 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
to defect exact location and type of flow in liquids above 450°C and below the solidus of the
iron and steel and magnetic alloys. base metals. Also, the filler metal is distributed in
(vi) Radiographic or X-ray Examination : It the joint by capillary action.
can be used for inspecting casting of any The process consists of the broad heating of the
metal. base metals to the point where the filler metal,
(vii) Electrical conductivity method : It is applied to the joint area, will be melted and drain
limited only to uniform sectional thickness and by capillary action through the entire joint. After
metallurgical structures. cooling, the brazed joint constitutes a strong
(viii) Penatrant inspection technique : It is metallurgical bond between the filler metal and
used for small cracks in castings which can't the two base metals.
be observed with naked eye also revealing Soldering : Soldering is a process in which two
those surface defects which can't be detected or more items are joined together by melting and
by radiographic examination. putting a filler metal into the joint, the filler metal
(ix) Ultrasonic testing : It is used to detect the having a lower melting point than the adjoining
defects of dimensions of castings very metal. Soldering is used in plumbing, electronics,
accurately and quickly. and metal work from flashing to jewelry.
(x) Tests are also performed to check dimensional 6. (c)
accuracy, surface finish, chemical analysis. Given data
Metallographic test and mechanical tests. tc = 0.45 mm
6. (b) (i) b = 2.5 mm
Reasons for carrying out case-hardening treatment  = 10°
could be : t = f = 0.25 mm
(1) To provide combination of hardness and Fc = 1130 N
toughness, i.e., hard surface to resist wear Ft = 295 N
and abrasion and tough core to resist shock V = 2.5 m/s
loading. (i) Shear force Fs = Fc cos  – Ft sin 
(2) To provide hardness to a limited portion of an where  is shear angle
article. r cos 
(3) Components having undercuts and recesses tan  =
1  r sin 
have less tendency to crack or distort during
case hardening than during full hardening t 0.25
process. r = t  0.45  0.55
c
(4) Case depth can be easily controlled.
(5) Properties of case and core can be controlled 0.55  0.985
tan  =
separately. 1  0.555  0.1736
(6) In comparison to full hardening treatment case = 0.605
hardening process is less affected by   = tan–1 (0.605)
vibrations in composition and temperature. = 31.20
(7) It produces cheaper components compared Fe = 1130 × 0.855 – 295 × 0.518
to using high carbon steel. = 966.2 – 152.8
6. (b) (ii) (ii) Friction coefficient ()
Brazing : Brazing has been defined as a group of
joining processes specially arranged in a manner Fc tan   Ft
=
to produce coalescene of materials. The process Fc  Ft tan 
involves heating of these materials at a brazing
temperature by using a filler metal which has a

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
11 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
Down milling:
1130  0.1763  295
=
1130  295  0.1763

199.25  295
=
1130  52
 = 0.458
6. (d)
Up Milling

WORK TABLE
down milling

In down milling, the cutter takes a heavy bite the

start and ends with zero chip thickness as the
cutter moves downward through the material. Due
WORK TABLE to this reason the work remains flat and is best
up milling suited for thin parts. The normal pressure on the
material is less which is best suited for stainless
In up milling the cutter tooth starts at bottom and
steel and other hardening materials. The finish is
breaks out at the for the force exerted by the
much better because the chips are thrown away
cutter working against the feed of the work. It
from the direction of cutter’s travel. It is also best
thus gives better finish on steel. Due to above
suited for contouring or cutting pockets in
characteristics it can be safely employed on older
aluminium due to better finish obtainable. The finish
machines having black holes in their lead screws.
on steel is, however, slightly rougher. The backlash
Also the cutter damage rate is reduced on sound
in machine cannot be tolerated because it will
castings. The workpiece must be properly clamped
lead to chatter as the cutter tries to pull the table
to table as the cutter tends to lift it off the table.
faster than the feed rate.
As the chips sometimes get picked up and carried

by water, the finish gets poorer.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
11 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
Down milling:
1130  0.1763  295
=
1130  295  0.1763

199.25  295
=
1130  52
 = 0.458
6. (d)
Up Milling

WORK TABLE
down milling

In down milling, the cutter takes a heavy bite the

start and ends with zero chip thickness as the
cutter moves downward through the material. Due
WORK TABLE to this reason the work remains flat and is best
up milling suited for thin parts. The normal pressure on the
material is less which is best suited for stainless
In up milling the cutter tooth starts at bottom and
steel and other hardening materials. The finish is
breaks out at the for the force exerted by the
much better because the chips are thrown away
cutter working against the feed of the work. It
from the direction of cutter’s travel. It is also best
thus gives better finish on steel. Due to above
suited for contouring or cutting pockets in
characteristics it can be safely employed on older
aluminium due to better finish obtainable. The finish
machines having black holes in their lead screws.
on steel is, however, slightly rougher. The backlash
Also the cutter damage rate is reduced on sound
in machine cannot be tolerated because it will
castings. The workpiece must be properly clamped
lead to chatter as the cutter tries to pull the table
to table as the cutter tends to lift it off the table.
faster than the feed rate.
As the chips sometimes get picked up and carried

by water, the finish gets poorer.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
11 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
Down milling:
1130  0.1763  295
=
1130  295  0.1763

199.25  295
=
1130  52
 = 0.458
6. (d)
Up Milling

WORK TABLE
down milling

In down milling, the cutter takes a heavy bite the

start and ends with zero chip thickness as the
cutter moves downward through the material. Due
WORK TABLE to this reason the work remains flat and is best
up milling suited for thin parts. The normal pressure on the
material is less which is best suited for stainless
In up milling the cutter tooth starts at bottom and
steel and other hardening materials. The finish is
breaks out at the for the force exerted by the
much better because the chips are thrown away
cutter working against the feed of the work. It
from the direction of cutter’s travel. It is also best
thus gives better finish on steel. Due to above
suited for contouring or cutting pockets in
characteristics it can be safely employed on older
aluminium due to better finish obtainable. The finish
machines having black holes in their lead screws.
on steel is, however, slightly rougher. The backlash
Also the cutter damage rate is reduced on sound
in machine cannot be tolerated because it will
castings. The workpiece must be properly clamped
lead to chatter as the cutter tries to pull the table
to table as the cutter tends to lift it off the table.
faster than the feed rate.
As the chips sometimes get picked up and carried

by water, the finish gets poorer.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
11 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
Down milling:
1130  0.1763  295
=
1130  295  0.1763

199.25  295
=
1130  52
 = 0.458
6. (d)
Up Milling

WORK TABLE
down milling

In down milling, the cutter takes a heavy bite the

start and ends with zero chip thickness as the
cutter moves downward through the material. Due
WORK TABLE to this reason the work remains flat and is best
up milling suited for thin parts. The normal pressure on the
material is less which is best suited for stainless
In up milling the cutter tooth starts at bottom and
steel and other hardening materials. The finish is
breaks out at the for the force exerted by the
much better because the chips are thrown away
cutter working against the feed of the work. It
from the direction of cutter’s travel. It is also best
thus gives better finish on steel. Due to above
suited for contouring or cutting pockets in
characteristics it can be safely employed on older
aluminium due to better finish obtainable. The finish
machines having black holes in their lead screws.
on steel is, however, slightly rougher. The backlash
Also the cutter damage rate is reduced on sound
in machine cannot be tolerated because it will
castings. The workpiece must be properly clamped
lead to chatter as the cutter tries to pull the table
to table as the cutter tends to lift it off the table.
faster than the feed rate.
As the chips sometimes get picked up and carried

by water, the finish gets poorer.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
11 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
Down milling:
1130  0.1763  295
=
1130  295  0.1763

199.25  295
=
1130  52
 = 0.458
6. (d)
Up Milling

WORK TABLE
down milling

In down milling, the cutter takes a heavy bite the

start and ends with zero chip thickness as the
cutter moves downward through the material. Due
WORK TABLE to this reason the work remains flat and is best
up milling suited for thin parts. The normal pressure on the
material is less which is best suited for stainless
In up milling the cutter tooth starts at bottom and
steel and other hardening materials. The finish is
breaks out at the for the force exerted by the
much better because the chips are thrown away
cutter working against the feed of the work. It
from the direction of cutter’s travel. It is also best
thus gives better finish on steel. Due to above
suited for contouring or cutting pockets in
characteristics it can be safely employed on older
aluminium due to better finish obtainable. The finish
machines having black holes in their lead screws.
on steel is, however, slightly rougher. The backlash
Also the cutter damage rate is reduced on sound
in machine cannot be tolerated because it will
castings. The workpiece must be properly clamped
lead to chatter as the cutter tries to pull the table
to table as the cutter tends to lift it off the table.
faster than the feed rate.
As the chips sometimes get picked up and carried

by water, the finish gets poorer.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
11 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
Down milling:
1130  0.1763  295
=
1130  295  0.1763

199.25  295
=
1130  52
 = 0.458
6. (d)
Up Milling

WORK TABLE
down milling

In down milling, the cutter takes a heavy bite the

start and ends with zero chip thickness as the
cutter moves downward through the material. Due
WORK TABLE to this reason the work remains flat and is best
up milling suited for thin parts. The normal pressure on the
material is less which is best suited for stainless
In up milling the cutter tooth starts at bottom and
steel and other hardening materials. The finish is
breaks out at the for the force exerted by the
much better because the chips are thrown away
cutter working against the feed of the work. It
from the direction of cutter’s travel. It is also best
thus gives better finish on steel. Due to above
suited for contouring or cutting pockets in
characteristics it can be safely employed on older
aluminium due to better finish obtainable. The finish
machines having black holes in their lead screws.
on steel is, however, slightly rougher. The backlash
Also the cutter damage rate is reduced on sound
in machine cannot be tolerated because it will
castings. The workpiece must be properly clamped
lead to chatter as the cutter tries to pull the table
to table as the cutter tends to lift it off the table.
faster than the feed rate.
As the chips sometimes get picked up and carried

by water, the finish gets poorer.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
11 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
Down milling:
1130  0.1763  295
=
1130  295  0.1763

199.25  295
=
1130  52
 = 0.458
6. (d)
Up Milling

WORK TABLE
down milling

In down milling, the cutter takes a heavy bite the

start and ends with zero chip thickness as the
cutter moves downward through the material. Due
WORK TABLE to this reason the work remains flat and is best
up milling suited for thin parts. The normal pressure on the
material is less which is best suited for stainless
In up milling the cutter tooth starts at bottom and
steel and other hardening materials. The finish is
breaks out at the for the force exerted by the
much better because the chips are thrown away
cutter working against the feed of the work. It
from the direction of cutter’s travel. It is also best
thus gives better finish on steel. Due to above
suited for contouring or cutting pockets in
characteristics it can be safely employed on older
aluminium due to better finish obtainable. The finish
machines having black holes in their lead screws.
on steel is, however, slightly rougher. The backlash
Also the cutter damage rate is reduced on sound
in machine cannot be tolerated because it will
castings. The workpiece must be properly clamped
lead to chatter as the cutter tries to pull the table
to table as the cutter tends to lift it off the table.
faster than the feed rate.
As the chips sometimes get picked up and carried

by water, the finish gets poorer.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
11 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
Down milling:
1130  0.1763  295
=
1130  295  0.1763

199.25  295
=
1130  52
 = 0.458
6. (d)
Up Milling

WORK TABLE
down milling

In down milling, the cutter takes a heavy bite the

start and ends with zero chip thickness as the
cutter moves downward through the material. Due
WORK TABLE to this reason the work remains flat and is best
up milling suited for thin parts. The normal pressure on the
material is less which is best suited for stainless
In up milling the cutter tooth starts at bottom and
steel and other hardening materials. The finish is
breaks out at the for the force exerted by the
much better because the chips are thrown away
cutter working against the feed of the work. It
from the direction of cutter’s travel. It is also best
thus gives better finish on steel. Due to above
suited for contouring or cutting pockets in
characteristics it can be safely employed on older
aluminium due to better finish obtainable. The finish
machines having black holes in their lead screws.
on steel is, however, slightly rougher. The backlash
Also the cutter damage rate is reduced on sound
in machine cannot be tolerated because it will
castings. The workpiece must be properly clamped
lead to chatter as the cutter tries to pull the table
to table as the cutter tends to lift it off the table.
faster than the feed rate.
As the chips sometimes get picked up and carried

by water, the finish gets poorer.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
11 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
Down milling:
1130  0.1763  295
=
1130  295  0.1763

199.25  295
=
1130  52
 = 0.458
6. (d)
Up Milling

WORK TABLE
down milling

In down milling, the cutter takes a heavy bite the

start and ends with zero chip thickness as the
cutter moves downward through the material. Due
WORK TABLE to this reason the work remains flat and is best
up milling suited for thin parts. The normal pressure on the
material is less which is best suited for stainless
In up milling the cutter tooth starts at bottom and
steel and other hardening materials. The finish is
breaks out at the for the force exerted by the
much better because the chips are thrown away
cutter working against the feed of the work. It
from the direction of cutter’s travel. It is also best
thus gives better finish on steel. Due to above
suited for contouring or cutting pockets in
characteristics it can be safely employed on older
aluminium due to better finish obtainable. The finish
machines having black holes in their lead screws.
on steel is, however, slightly rougher. The backlash
Also the cutter damage rate is reduced on sound
in machine cannot be tolerated because it will
castings. The workpiece must be properly clamped
lead to chatter as the cutter tries to pull the table
to table as the cutter tends to lift it off the table.
faster than the feed rate.
As the chips sometimes get picked up and carried

by water, the finish gets poorer.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
11 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
Down milling:
1130  0.1763  295
=
1130  295  0.1763

199.25  295
=
1130  52
 = 0.458
6. (d)
Up Milling

WORK TABLE
down milling

In down milling, the cutter takes a heavy bite the

start and ends with zero chip thickness as the
cutter moves downward through the material. Due
WORK TABLE to this reason the work remains flat and is best
up milling suited for thin parts. The normal pressure on the
material is less which is best suited for stainless
In up milling the cutter tooth starts at bottom and
steel and other hardening materials. The finish is
breaks out at the for the force exerted by the
much better because the chips are thrown away
cutter working against the feed of the work. It
from the direction of cutter’s travel. It is also best
thus gives better finish on steel. Due to above
suited for contouring or cutting pockets in
characteristics it can be safely employed on older
aluminium due to better finish obtainable. The finish
machines having black holes in their lead screws.
on steel is, however, slightly rougher. The backlash
Also the cutter damage rate is reduced on sound
in machine cannot be tolerated because it will
castings. The workpiece must be properly clamped
lead to chatter as the cutter tries to pull the table
to table as the cutter tends to lift it off the table.
faster than the feed rate.
As the chips sometimes get picked up and carried

by water, the finish gets poorer.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777
 ENGINEERS ACADEMY
11 ME : SSC JEn Test Series (Conventional) [Full Length-6]
Down milling:
1130  0.1763  295
=
1130  295  0.1763

199.25  295
=
1130  52
 = 0.458
6. (d)
Up Milling

WORK TABLE
down milling

In down milling, the cutter takes a heavy bite the

start and ends with zero chip thickness as the
cutter moves downward through the material. Due
WORK TABLE to this reason the work remains flat and is best
up milling suited for thin parts. The normal pressure on the
material is less which is best suited for stainless
In up milling the cutter tooth starts at bottom and
steel and other hardening materials. The finish is
breaks out at the for the force exerted by the
much better because the chips are thrown away
cutter working against the feed of the work. It
from the direction of cutter’s travel. It is also best
thus gives better finish on steel. Due to above
suited for contouring or cutting pockets in
characteristics it can be safely employed on older
aluminium due to better finish obtainable. The finish
machines having black holes in their lead screws.
on steel is, however, slightly rougher. The backlash
Also the cutter damage rate is reduced on sound
in machine cannot be tolerated because it will
castings. The workpiece must be properly clamped
lead to chatter as the cutter tries to pull the table
to table as the cutter tends to lift it off the table.
faster than the feed rate.
As the chips sometimes get picked up and carried

by water, the finish gets poorer.

# 100-102 Ram Nagar, Bambala Pulia, # 40 Kailashpuri, Near Khandaka Hospital,

Partap Nagar, Tonk Road Jaipur-33 Tonk Road, Jaipur-18
Contact: 0141-6540911, +91-8094441999 Contact :0141-6540910, +91-8094441777